Issuu

GIÁO ÁN GIẢNG DẠY SOẠN THEO ĐỔI MỚI TIẾNG ANH

vectorstock.com/31086119

Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú eBook Collection DẠY KÈM QUY NHƠN LESSON PLAN PHÁT TRIỂN NỘI DUNG

Giáo án giảng dạy soạn theo đổi mới Tiếng Anh 8,9 - HKII (chương trình cũ) 2 cột (Hoạt động của GV và HS/ Nội dung) (2019-2020) WORD VERSION | 2021 EDITION ORDER NOW / CHUYỂN GIAO QUA EMAIL TAILIEUCHUANTHAMKHAO@GMAIL.COM Tài liệu chuẩn tham khảo Phát triển kênh bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đơn vị tài trợ / phát hành / chia sẻ học thuật : Nguyen Thanh Tu Group Hỗ trợ trực tuyến Fb www.facebook.com/DayKemQuyNhon Mobi/Zalo 0905779594

HỌC KỲ II UNIT 9 A FIRST AID COURSE Week: 20 Preparation date: Period:55 Lesson 1 Getting started + Listen & read 31/12/2019 Teaching date : 7/1/2019 I. OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to know what they would do in the situations which require first - aid 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,… II. PREPARATION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III. PROCEDURES: Content Activities , 1.Warm up : Kim s game ( Getting started ) - Ask Ss to open their books and look at the

I. Getting started

things on page 80 for 20 seconds . Tell them

1. emergency room

these things are often used for first - aid

2. sterile dressing

- Divide the class into two groups .

3. medicated oil

- Ask Ss to close their books and go to the

4. ice

board to write the names of the things they

5. water pack

have just seen from memory .

6. alcohol

- Tell them the group having the most right

-write down what they would do in

English words is the winner

these situations which require first –

- Have them open the books again and go

aid

through the words in English .

Possible answers :

Suggested answers :

+ A girl has a burn on her arm -> 1

1. emergency room 2. sterile dressing

Use cold water / ice to ease the pain

3. medicated oil 4. ice 5. water pack 6.

+ A boy has a bad cut on his leg ->

alcohol

Use alcohol / medicated oil / sterile

- Have them discuss and write down what they

dressing

would do in these situations which require first + A girl has a nose bleed -> Use a – aid

handkerchief to stop the bleeding /

- Call on some groups to give their answers

tell her to lie down .

and correct

+ A boy has a bee sting -> Use medicated oil …

- write down what they would do in these situations which require first – aid : Possible answers : + A girl has a burn on her arm -> Use cold water / ice to ease the pain + A boy has a bad cut on his leg -> Use alcohol / medicated oil / sterile dressing + A girl has a nose bleed -> Use a handkerchief to stop the bleeding / tell her to lie down . + A boy has a bee sting -> Use medicated oil … 2 Pre- reading : Introduce the topic of the passage reading and some new words . -TM: Play game, practising -C: capacity to use language -Q: Self-made and confident a. Pre teach Vocabulary :

II/Vocabulary:

-> Ask Ss to copy the vocabulary in their

- (an) ambulance (n):xe cấp cứu ,xe

notebooks

cứu thương

-> drawing

- (an) emergence = cấp cưú , tinh trang khan cap 2

- unconscious (adj):trong trạng thái không tỉnh táo >< conscious (adj) trong trạng thái tỉnh táo - to bleed -> the bleeding :chảy máu * Checking technique:

Slap the board

( Put the new words in Vietnamese on the board ) b. Gap filling Prediction

III/Gap filling Prediction

- Hang the chart with the paragraph on the

1. fell 2. conscious

board .

3. cut

There was an emergency at Lan,s school . A

4. bleeding

student …..(1)…. off her bike and hit her

5. ambulance

head on the road . She was …..(2)…. but she

6. awake

cut her head and the …….(3)…. was ……(4)….. badly . Lan telephoned Bach Mai Hospital and asked the nurse to send an ……(5)….. to Quang Trung School . Lan was asked to keep the student …..(6)…. while waiting for the ambulance . - Ask Ss to predict the words in the gaps - Call on some Ss to go to the board and write their words 3. While - reading :

IV/Read:

-TM: Practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: be responsible for yourself and everyone - Have Ss open their books , listen to the tape while reading the dialogue , then check their predictions 3

- Give feedback 1. fell 2. conscious 3. cut 4. bleeding 5. ambulance 6. awake * Comprehension questions - Ask Ss to read the dialogue again and select the topic covered in the dialogue . - Have Ss work in groups to write their

V/select the topic covered in the

answers on a sheet of paper and hand in after

dialogue .P 81

finishing .

a- b- c- e- f

- Collect Ss , papers and give feedback : a- b-

c- e- f 4. Post - reading :

VI/Role play

c. Role play - Have Ss in turn play the roles to demonstrate VII/Write - it -up

the dialogue . d. Write - it -up - Ask Ss to write a story using the information

“ Yesterday there was an emergency

from the dialogue .

at ……. “

- Tell Ss to begin their story with : - Monitor and help Ss with their work

VIII.Homework : (1’)

5.Production

1. Let Ss do the exercises in the

-Retell the lesson

workbook (1,2 / 55 )

1. Let Ss do the exercises in the workbook (1,2 2. Prepare the next lesson . / 55 ) 2. Prepare the

Week: 20 Period:56

UNIT 9 A FIRST AID COURSE Lesson 2 : Speak

I. OBJECTIVES: 4

Preparation date: 2/1/2019 Teaching date : 9/1/2019

1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson,Ss will be able to make and respond to requests,offers,and promises .2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone II. PREPARATION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III. PROCEDURES: Activities Content 1.Warm up : Net work I. Warm up Possible answers : - have a snake bite - have a snake bite - have a burn - have a burn - have a cut - have a cut - have a bee sting - have a bee sting - have a nose bleed - have a nose bleed 2. Pre - speaking : Introduce the topic of the speaking and some models sentences . -TM: Play game, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone. 1. Set the scene : - Ask Ss some questions to elicit the models a. I want you to get me a bandage . How can I say ? b.I would like you to come to my party.How can I say ? c. I tell my mother that I will surely finish my work before bedtime . How can I say ? - Have Ss repeat 2 or 3 times before writing them on the board ( underline the key words ) => Concept checking - Get Ss to work out the rules for themselves by asking questions . - After formulating the model sentences , elicit 5

some more phrases with the same use from students . - Ask Ss to copy down . *->1. To make a request : Will Would you ( please ) + V …. ? Could Can Reponses : + Sure / Ok / All right . - I am sorry . I can / I am afraid not ->2. To make an offer : Will / Won,t you Shall I + V ………..? Can I Would you like + to V …...? What can I do / get for you ? Can I get you ……………..? Responses : + Yes , please . / That would be nice . - No , thank you . ->3. To make a promise : I promise I will / I will not ….. I will ………... I promise . I promise to …………... Reponses : I hope . / Good . / I am glad . / Do not forget

2.Matching: 1.a 2. d 3. e 4. b 5. c 3. While - speaking : -TM: discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… 6

II.Models sentences: a. Will you ( please ) get me a bandage ? b. Would you like to come to my party ? c. I promise I will finish my homework before bedtime . *->1. To make a request : Will Would you ( please ) + V …. ? Could Can Reponses : + Sure / Ok / All right . - I am sorry . I can / I am afraid not ->2. To make an offer : Will / Won,t you Shall I + V ………..? Can I Would you like + to V …...? What can I do / get for you ? Can I get you ……………..? Responses : + Yes , please . / That would be nice . - No , thank you . ->3. To make a promise : I promise I will / I will not ….. I will ………... I promise . I promise to …………... Reponses : I hope . / Good . / I am glad . / Do not forget III.Matching: 1.a 2. d 3. e 4. b 5. c

-Q: Self-made and confident 1. Matching : - Hang the chart with the statements on the board . - Ask Ss to look at the pictures ( page 82 ) and match the situations with the statements . 1. The girl has a burn on her hand . 2. The girl has a bad fever . 3. The boy has just broken the vase . 4. The boy has a headache . 5. The boy has a snake bite . - Give feedback : 2. Picture Drill : - Identify the situations in the pictures - Ask Ss to work in pairs + Model : Could you give me a bandage , please ? Sure . Here you are - Call on some pairs to demonstrate the exchanges in front of class .

4. Post - speaking : 7

IV.Speak: 1. Picture a) -> request S1-Could you give me a bandage,please? S2-Sure.Here you are.

2. Picture b) -> offer / request -Boy: Would you get me some medicine? -Sister:Sure. Or: -Sister:Can I get you some water/medicine? -Boy:+ Yes,please./That would be nice. +No ,Iâ€™m fine.Thank you. 3. Picture c) -> offer / request S1-Can i get you some bandage? S2-Yes,please. -That would be nice. Or: S1-You are bleeding,what can I do for you? S2-Can you get me some bandage?/Would you go to the hospital with me? S1-Sure. 4. Picture d) -> offer : S1-You must have a fever.Can I get you/Would you like somewater/medicine? S2:-Yes,please/That would be nice. -No,Iâ€™m fine,thank you. Or: S1:Mon,Would /can you get me some water/medicine? S2:Sure.

Pair work ( closed pairs ) - Get Ss in turn to practice all the exchanges - Monitor and correct , encourage Ss to make sentences for themselves - Collect their ideas and write them on the boards * Suggested answers : b. A : Can I get you some water / medicine ? B : Yes, please . c. A : Can I get you some bandage ? B : That would be nice d. A : You must have a fever . Can I get you some medicine / water ? B : NO , I am fine . Thank you . e. A : I promise I will not play soccer in the house again B : I hope so . 5.Production -Retell the lesson. 1. Do exercise 3, 4/ 56 ( workbook ) 2. Prepare the next lesson

5. Picture e) -> promise Boy-I promise I won’t play soccer in the house again Mom:-I hope so. -Good..Don’t forget * Suggested answers : b. A : Can I get you some water / medicine ? B : Yes, please . c. A : Can I get you some bandage ? B : That would be nice d. A : You must have a fever . Can I get you some medicine / water ? B : NO , I am fine . Thank you . e. A : I promise I will not play soccer in the house again . B : I hope so V/ Homework (1’) 1. Do exercise 3, 4/ 56 ( workbook ) 2. Prepare the next lesson

Week: 20 UNIT 9 A FIRST AID COURSE Preparation date:4/1/2019 Period: Lesson 3 : Listen Teaching date : 11/1/2019 57 I. OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson,Ss’ll be able to know how to listen for details about the activities talking place in an emergency room . 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 8

4.2. Quality: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone. willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,… II. PREPARATION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III. PROCEDURES: Activities Content 1.. Warm up : Warm up : Guess from context What action ? Guess from context What action ? - Ask Ss to look at the picture and write - Ask Ss to look at the picture and write out all the verbs describing the actions out all the verbs describing the actions of the people in it . of the people in it . - Tell Ss the group having the most right - Tell Ss the group having the most right verbs is the winner . verbs is the winner . - Give feedback : to drive , wheel / move - Give feedback : to drive , wheel / move / push , weight , wait , lie , stand , lean . / push , weight , wait , lie , stand , lean . = > Lead in the new lesson 2. Pre- listening : Introduce the topic of the listening and some new words -TM: Play game, practising -C: capacity to use language -Q: Self-made and confident 1. Pre teach vocabulary : -> Have Ss copy

* Checking technique : where

I.Vocabulary: - an eye chart ( using picture ) :bảng thị lực - a parademic : he takes care of patients but he is not a doctor nor a nurse :y sĩ,y tá - a wheelchair ( using the picture ) -> to wheel ( to push a wheel chair ):xe đẩy,ghế đẩy - a stretcher ( picture ) :cái cáng - a crutch -> crutches ( picture ) :cái nạng

What and II. Order Prediction Guess /key: A-ambulance B-wheelchair C-crutches D-eye chart

a. Order Prediction - Ask Ss to look at the picture in their books again and guess the letter A,B ,C ,D ,E ,F to the correct words in the box . - Call on some volunteers from each group to demonstrate in front of class . 9

- Give feedback

E-scale F-stretcher

3. While – listening : -TM: Practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Be responsible for yourself and everyone. - Rub out the letter ( A ,B …) but leave the words . - Tell Ss they are going to listen to a paragraph about the activities taking place in an emergency room which contains the words on the board - Put the words in the table - Have Ss copy and guess the order of the words - Play the tape and ash Ss to listen - Ask Ss to give their answers and correct

b. True / False statements - Stick the chart with the statements on the board 1. A doctor is wheeling a patient into the emergency room . 2. The patient,s head is bandaged 3. A nurse is pushing a wheelchair with a patient sitting on it . 4. The eye chart consists of 28 letters ranging in the different size . 5. The baby,s mother is trying to stop the nurse from weighing her baby . - Ask Ss to read the statements carefully and check if they understand the meaning of the statements - Have Ss work in pairs to decide which

III.Listen:Tape transcript: This is the emergency room in a large hospital.A paramedic is wheeling a patient on a stretcher into the emergency room where a doctor is waiting to treat the patient.The patient doesn’t look well .His head is bandaged and his eyes are closed. A nurseis pushing an emptywheelchair towards the exit.She is probably taking it to a patient in the ambulance. The eye chart on the wall is used to check people’s eyesight.The chart consists of about 28 letters ranging in size from about5 centimeters in height at the top of the chart to about 1centimeter at the bottom. A doctor is trying to weigh a crying baby on the scale.The baby’s mother is standing nearby.She ‘s trying to stop her child from crying.The crutches ,which are for someone with a broken leg ,are leaning against the wall. IV.T/F statements: 1. False ( a parademic not a doctor ) 2. True 3. False ( empty wheelchair not with a patient ) 4. True 5 . False ( stop her baby from crying )

of the statements is true and which is false . - Play the tape and have Ss listen ( 2 or 3 times ) - Call on Ss to read their answers and give feedback 4. Post – listening : Write it up - Have Ss write the story about the activities in the picture , using the Present Continuous . “ This is the emergency room in a large hospital ….. “ 5.Production -Retell the lesson 1 Let Ss do the exercises in the workbook 2. Prepare the next lesson

V. Write it up “ This is the emergency room in a large hospital ….. “

VI. Homework : (1’) 1 Let Ss do the exercises in the workbook 2. Prepare the next lesson

Week: 21 UNIT 9 A FIRST AID COURSE Preparation date:7/1/2019 Period: Lesson 4 : Read Teaching date : 14/1/2019 58 I. OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to read for the instructions about some more situations requiring first – aid 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone., cooperate with people around,… II. PREPARATION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III. PROCEDURES: Activities Content 1. Warm up : Warm up : Bingo - Ask Ss to give nouns for emergencies Bingo - Ask Ss to give nouns for emergencies which require first – aid and write them which require first – aid and write them on the board ( burn , cut , bee sting , on the board ( burn , cut , bee sting , snake bite , fainting , shock , nose bleed ) snake bite , fainting , shock , nose bleed - Have Ss choose 4 any 4 words on the ) board and write them down on a piece of paper . - Have Ss choose 4 any 4 words on the board and write them down on a piece of - call out the words until someone has paper . ticked all the four words and shouts “ - call out the words until someone has Bingo “ ticked all the four words and shouts “ Bingo “ 12

2. Pre – reading : Introduce the topic of reading passage and some new words to Ss . -TM: Play game, practising -C: Capacity to use language -Q: Self-made and confident 1. Pre – teach vocabulary : - Have Ss copy .

I/Vocabulary: - to lie flat ( mime / drawing ) :nằm duỗi thẳng - to elevate >< to lower :nâng cao - a victim : a person who needs first aidnạn nhân - to overheat : make something too hot :làm quá nóng - tissue damage = tổn hại mô - to ease = to stop:làm dịu

* Checking technique : Rub out and remember 3. While – reading : -TM: Practising, discussion group -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Be responsible for yourself and everyone. - Have Ss open their books and read the instructions page 83 - Ask Ss to go to the board and add the missing information . a. Matching : - Ask Ss to read the statements / page 84 and match tree Leadings A , B , C to them . Give feedback A -> a , c , e B -> b C -> d b. Grid - Draw the grid on the board . - Ask Ss to read the instructions again and fill the information . - Call on some Ss to the board to write their answers - Give feedback *Fainting : - Leave the patient lying flat . - Elevate the patients, feet or lower his /

II/Read:

1. Matching page 84 A -> a , c , e B -> b C -> d 2. Grid

Fainting - Leave the patient lying flat . - Elevate the patients, feet or lower his /

her head . - Do not force him / her to sit or stand . *Shock: - Give him / her a cup of tea when he / she revives . - Do not overheat the victim with blankets or coat - Do not give the victim any food or drink or drug . *Burns : - Cool the burn immediately to minimize the tissue damage . - Put the affected part under a running cold tap . - Ease the pain with ice or cold water packs . - Cover the burned area with a thick sterile dressing . - Have Ss copy the grid in their notebooks . 4. Post â€“ reading : - Ask Ss to work in groups to continue discussing how to give first aid . - Call on some volunteers from each group to demonstrate in front of class . 5.Production -Retell the lesson 1. Let Ss do the exercises 6,7 in the workbook 2. Prepare the next lesson

her head . - Do not force him / her to sit or stand . Shock: - Give him / her a cup of tea when he / she revives . - Do not overheat the victim with blankets or coat - Do not give the victim any food or drink or drug . Burns : - Cool the burn immediately to minimize the tissue damage . - Put the affected part under a running cold tap . - Ease the pain with ice or cold water packs . - Cover the burned area with a thick sterile dressing .

III/Discuss how to give first aid .

IV / Homework 1. Let Ss do the exercises 6,7 in the workbook . 2. Prepare the next lesson

UNIT 9: A FIRST AID COURSE Preparation date: 9/1/2019 Week: 21 Period: Lesson 5 : Write Teaching date : 16/1/2019 59 I. OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to know how to write a thank â€“ you note . 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: 14

Content

1.Warm up : a. Shark attack ( Revised words : lie flat , elevate , lower , victim , ease ) Lead in the new lesson b.Ask and answer: a. What’s this? b. Have you ever written a letter? If yes, when? c. Have you ever received a letter? If yes, when?

Warm up : a. Shark attack ( Revised words : lie flat , elevate , lower , victim , ease ) Lead in the new lesson b.Ask and answer: a. What’s this? b. Have you ever written a letter? If yes, when? c. Have you ever received a letter? If yes, when?

2. Pre – writing : Introduce the topic of the writing and some new words to Ss -TM: Play game, practising -C: Capacity to use language -Q: confident, be responsible for yourself 1. Pre- teach vocabulary : Have Ss copy * Checking vocabulary : slap the board a. Set the scene - Ask Ss to close their books and listen “ Nga was sick and she had to go to the hospital . After she left the hospital , she wrote a thank – you note to Hoa . Why and what did she write ? “ b. True / False Predictions : - Hang the poster with the statements on the board a. Nga writes to thank Hoa for some come candy . F b. Hoa,s gift cheered Nga up . T

I/Vocabulary: - to thank Sb for sth Eg : She thanked me for helping her - to cheer Sb up =làm ai phấn khởi -to come over ( translation ):ghé thăm -thank -you note : thư cám ơn

II/True / False Predictions : a-F b-T c-F d-T e-F

c.Nga ,d like Hoa to see her at the hospital F d. Nga is very bored now . T e. Nga writes the letter at the hospital .F - Ask Ss to read the statements and predict . - Get S to give their predictions and write them on the board . - Ask Ss to look at the letter and complete it with the right verb forms . - Monitor and help Ss with the tense forms . - Call on some Ss to give their answers and give feedback - Ask Ss to read the whole letter and check if their prediction are right or not . 3. While – writing : Questions and answers -TM: discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Self-made and be responsible for yourself and everyone. - Tell Ss they are going to write a thank – you note to a friend and invite him / her to go on a picnic with them . - Ask Ss to read the questions carefully to answer orally - Have Ss practice speaking to each other . - Monitor and correct . - Get Ss to join the sentences into a paragraph to make it a thank – you note . - Tell Ss to write their letters in their exercise notebooks . 4. Post – writing : Exhibition - Divide the class into 4 groups and choose a letter randomly in each group . - Compare their letters and correct . - Call on some more Ss to read their letters for class - Give feedback and correct . 5.Production -Retell the lesson 1. Ask Ss to use the same format to write

III/Read: Answer key : 1. False -> flower ( not candy ) 2. True 3. False -> at her house ( not at the hospital 4. True 5. False -> at her house ( not at the hospital

IV/Questions and answers Dear Mary, Thank you very much for the gift you sent me on my birthday. They were beautiful and they really helped to cheer me up.I am 14 years old.Now I am happy .Will you come over to my house on the weekend?.I'd love to see you . I 'll phone you on Saturday afternoon Your friend, Huy

-Retell the lesson V / Homework : (1’) 1. Ask Ss to use the same format to write another letter to another friend for another

another letter to another friend for another occasion . 2. T reminds ss of how to write a thankyou note 3. Write a thank you note on your own 4. Do the exercise 4/56 – 7 /58 5. Prepare language focus 6.Do the exercises in the workbook .

occasion . 2. Do the exercises in the workbook . 3. Do the exercise 4/56 – 7 /58 4. Prepare language focus

Week: 21 UNIT 9 A FIRST AID COURSE Preparation date:11/1/2019 Period: Lesson 6: Language focus Teaching date : 18/1/2019 60 I. OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to know how to use “ in order to , so as to “ to indicate purpose , Future simple and Modal “ will “ to make requests , offers and promises . 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone, cooperate with people around,… II. PREPARATION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III. PROCEDURES: Activities Content 1.*Warm up I.*Warm up Noughts and crosses : Noughts and crosses : give Turn on

open get

answer pour

give Turn on 17

open get

answer pour

hang cut carry -T asks Ss to play game “ noughts and crosses ” -Ss use future simple tense -T remarks and gives marks 2.Presentation -TM: technical present…. -C: Capacity to use language -Q: Self-made and confident a.. Grammar notes : - Ask Ss to repeat the uses and forms of “ In order to / so as to + V infinitive “ “ Future simple “ and “ Modal Will “ - Summarize and hang the charts with models and uses of them . + Negative purposes : In order not to + V / So as not to + V Eg : You have to take your warm clothes with you in order not to get bad cold. - Have Ss copy . 3.Practice -TM: Practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Self-made and be responsible for yourself and everyone. b. Exercises : - Ask Ss to look at the books and do the exercises . - Do them orally first , then copy them in their exercise notebooks c.Ex 1 : Matching P86: - Ask Ss to read the example aloud and ask them to match one part of a sentence from column A with another part in column B - Get Ss to exchange their answers to correct for each other . - Call on some Ss to read their answers and give feedback d.Ex 2 : Future simple p86 - Ask Ss to work in pairs to complete the dialogue and exchange their roles. - Call on some pairs to practice in front of class . 18

hang

cut

carry

I. Grammar notes : -“ In order to / so as to + V infinitive “ - In order not to + V / So as not to + V

II. Ex 1 : Matching P86: 1- f 2- c 3- b 4–e 5- a 6- d III.Ex 2 : Future simple p86 1. will 2. will 3. won,t 4. Shall

5. will 6.will 4.Futher practice IV.Ex 3: p87 Making requests , offers e.Ex 3: p87 Making requests , offers and and promises with will a. Will you open the window , please , promises with will - Explain the aims of the exercise Nga ? - Ask Ss to read each situation and work in b . will you give it to me , please ? pairs to complete the dialogue. c. Will you answer the telephone , - Call on some pairs to practice in front of please ? class . d. Will you turn on the TV , please , - Give feedback : Nga ? e. Will you pour a glass of water for me , please ? f. Will you get me a cushion , please ? V.Ex 4 :p88 Work with a partner f.Ex 4 :p88 Work with a partner b. Will you paint the door , please ? - Explain the aims of the exercise I will paint the door tomorrow . - Ask Ss to read the example aloud . c . Will you study harder , please ? - Get Ss to read all the words in the box . Be sure Ss to understand the meaning of I will study harder . them and each situation . d. Will you carry the bag for me , please - Have Ss work in pairs to make requests , ? offers or promises Shall I carry the bag for you ? - Call on some pairs to read their answers e. Will you hang the washing , please ? aloud . Shall I hang the washing for you ? - Give feedback f. Will you cut the grass , please ? I will cut the grass for you V / Homework : (1â€™) 5.Production 1. Let Ss copy all the exercises in the -Retell the lesson. notebooks . 1. Let Ss copy all the exercises in the 2. Prepare the next lesson notebooks 3.Complete the second sentence so that 2. Prepare the next lesson 3.Complete the second sentence so that it it has a meaning to the first. has a meaning to the first. 1. Where is the nearest post office? 1. Where is the nearest post office? Could you show me the way to Could you show me the way to the the nearest post office? nearest post office? 2. Open the door, please. 2. Open the door, please. Will you please open the Will you please open the door? door? 3. Hanh is studying very hard because she doesnâ€™t want to fail in the exam. 3. Hanh is studying very hard because - Give feedback

she doesn’t want to fail in the exam. Hanh is studying very hard in order not to fail in the exam. 4. Do you want me to drive? Shall I drive? 5. I want you to help me carry my bags. Can you help me carry my bags? 6. He climbed the tree because he wanted to get a better view. He climbed the tree so as to get a better view. -------------------------------o0o------------------------------

Hanh is studying very hard in order not to fail in the exam. 4. Do you want me to drive? Shall I drive? 5. I want you to help me carry my bags. Can you help me carry my bags? 6. He climbed the tree because he wanted to get a better view. He climbed the tree so as to get a better view.

Kiểm tra ngày 14 tháng 1 năm 2019 ……………………………………………………. …………………………………………………… …………………………………………………….. Week: 22 UNIT 10 RECYCLING Preparation date:14/1/2019 Period: Lesson 1 : Getting started +Listen and read Teaching date : 22/1/2019 61 I. OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to do something to protect the environment and save natural resources . 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,… II. PREPARATION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III. PROCEDURES: 20

Activities 1.* Warm up: Brainstorm :

Content I* Warm up: Brainstorm :

Reuse plastic bags

Ways to reduce the amount of garbage

Possible answer : Use cloth bags, use tree leaves to warp things, make garbage into fertilizer, make vegetable matter into animal food. 2. Pre – reading : Introduce the topic of the passage reading and some new words to Ss . -TM: Play game, practising -C: Capacity to use language -Q: Self-made and confident a. Pre – teach vocabulary : -> Have Ss copy .

Ways to reduce the amount of garbage

Possible answer : Use cloth bags, use tree leaves to warp things, make garbage into fertilizer, make vegetable matter into animal food.

II.Vocabulary: - representative (n) = đại diện - to protect = to keep so/ sth safe from danger .:bảo vệ -> to protect so / sth from so / sth - natural resource (n) : coal mines , oil / gold / mineral deposits: tài nguyên thiên nhiên - to recycle “ to make sth already used able to be used again .tái chế - to contact = to communicate with so by telephone or letter :liên hệ,tiếp xúc. -matter:chất

* Checking technique : Jumbled words - Stick 6 flashcards with jumbled words on the board - Ask Ss to rewrite the words in the right order - Tell Ss the first two groups with right words will get 2 points - Correct and 21

give feedback contact – representative – resource natural – protect – recycle b. True / false predictions - Set the scene “ A representative from Friends of the Earth , Miss Blake , is talking to the students of Quang Trung School . Friends of the Earth shows people how to protect the environment and save natural resources “ - Put the chart with the statements on the board . 1. Friends of the Earth is an organization to help people make friends with each other . 2. Miss Blake asks the students to remember 3 things : reduce , reuse , recycle . 3. Reduce means buying the products which are over packed . 4. We can not reuse things like envelopes , glass , plastic bottles , old plastic bags . 5. Miss Blake says that we should use cloth bags and should not use plastic bags at all . 6. Recycling means not just throwing things away but trying and finding another use for them . - Ask Ss to work in pairs to decide if the statements are true or false . - Call on some Ss to read their guesses and write them on the board . 3. While – reading : -TM: Practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Be responsible for yourself and everyone. 1. Checking predictions - Ask Ss to open their books , listen to the tape while reading the dialogue . - Call on Ss to correct the false statements . - Give feedback

III. True / false predictions 1. False -> an organization to help people 2. True 3. False -> Reduce means not buying … 4. False -> We can reuse things … 5. True 6. True

2. Comprehension questions : - Ask Ss to look at the questions and work in pairs . - Monitor and help Ss with their work - Call on some pairs to practice asking and answering the questions . - Give feedback

IV.Read: .Answer the questions:P90 a. Reduce means not buying products which are over packed . b. We can reuse things like envelopes , glass , plastic bottles and old plastic bags . c. Recycle means not just throwing things away . Try and find another use for them . d. We can look for information on recycling things by having a contact with an organization like Friends of the Earth , going to the local library or asking your family and friends . e. We should not use plastic bags because when we throw them away , they could stay very long and could not be selfdestroyed .

4. Post – reading : Discussion “How to protect our environment ?” - Ask Ss to express their opinions / ideas on this topic - Write their ideas on the board into a list - Give feedback , correct and hove them copy . 5.Production -Retell the lesson. 1. Write the questions and full answers in your exercise notebook . 2. Do the exercises ( 1,2 ) in the Workbook 3. Learn by heart new word, the answers 4. Read again the dialogue at home

Week: 22

V.Discussion “How to protect our environment ?”

VI.Homework : 1. Write the questions and full answers in your exercise notebook . 2. Do the exercises ( 1,2 ) in the Workbook 3.Learn by heart new word, the answers 4. Read again the dialogue at home

UNIT 10 RECYCLING 23

Preparation date:16/1/2019

Date: Signat

Period: Lesson 2 : Speak + Listen Teaching date : 24/1/2019 62 I. OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to practice giving and responding to instructions and listening for specific information about making compost . 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone, cooperate with people around,… II. PREPARATION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III. PROCEDURES: Activities Content 1.Warm up : Warm up : , Kim s game Kim,s game * Possible answers : Used paper , old * Possible answers : Used paper , old newspapers , books , cardboard boxes , newspapers , books , cardboard boxes , bottles , glasses , jars , plastic bags , bottles , glasses , jars , plastic bags , food cans , drinking tins , vegetable food cans , drinking tins , vegetable matter , clothes , shoes , school bags matter , clothes , shoes , school bags * Speak 2.Pre- speaking : Introduce the topic of the speaking and some new words to students . -TM: Play game, practising -C: Capacity to use language -Q: Self-made and confident a. Pre-teach vocabulary : I/ Vocabulary : + Have Ss copy in their notebooks . - Fertilizer (n) : Farmer often use this thing to make their plants or trees grow well : phân bón - to fertilize : bón phân bón - Compost (n) : What do you call the fertilizer made from spoiled food , leaves , vegetable mater ? : phân xanh - compost heap : đống phân 24

- Fabric (n) = material :sợi - Leather (n) : What are the shoes made of ? :da Checking technique : Bingo b. Dictation list : - Tell Ss they are going to listen to the words for items and put them into the right groups . - Draw the table on the words and put them in the right columns . - Model some words . - Read the words aloud , slowly and jumble them up - After listening , ask Ss to work in pairs and give their answers . - Read the words again and correct Group - Items Paper - used paper (old newspaper ,cardboard boxes Glass-( bottles , glasses , jars ) Plastic-(Plastic bags , plastic bottles ) Metal-( food cans , drinking tins ..) Fabric-Clothes ( cloth bags , material ) Leather-( shoes , sandals , schoolbags ) Vegetable matter -Fruit Peels ( vegetable , rotten fruits ) 3. While – speaking : -TM: discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Be responsible for yourself and everyone. Love family, friends and country a.Mapped dialogue : - Put the mapped dialogue chart on the board . - Elicit the exchanges from students - Have some pairs practice each exchange before going on to another exchange . - After fishing the dialogue , ask a good pair to demonstrate the whole dialogue . b. Open pairs : - Ask some pairs to practice in front of class .

II.Group - Items -Which group ( do clothes ) belong to ? -What can we do with ( those clothes ) ? -Is / are ( fruit vegetable matter ) ? -What will we do with (it ) ? -Put ( them ) in fabric -We can ( recycle them and make them into paper or shopping bags . -That is right -We make ( it into compose and fertilizer our field . )

III.Mapped dialogue

c. Closed pairs : - Ask Ss to work in pairs , replacing the information with the words in the dictation list - Monitor and correct . 4. Post speaking :Listening Multiple choice : - Tell Ss they are going to listen to an expert who gives the instructions to make compost . - Ask Ss to open their books and read the multiple choice questions - Have them guess the answers - Turn on the tape 2 or 3 times , Ss listen and do the exercise - Get Ss to give their answers and correct - Have them copy

5.Production -Retell the lesson. 1. Copy down the dialogue , replacing the information . 2. Do the exercises in the work book. 3. Prepare the next lesson

IV.Listening Multiple choice : a,What type of garbage can you put in the compost? A.All vegetable matter B.meat or grain products b,Where is the best place for a compost heap? A.a place that gets no sun B,a place that gets sun and shade c,Should you water the compost? A.Yes B.No d,How long does it take before you can use the compost? A.after it rains B.six months Answers : a. A b. B c. A d. B V / Home work : 1. Copy down the dialogue , replacing the information . 2. Do the exercises in the work book. 3. Prepare the next lesson

Week: 22 UNIT 10 RECYCLING Preparation date: 18/1/2019 Period: Lesson 3 : Read Teaching date : 26/1/2019 63 I. OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to form the passive in the Present Simple 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 26

E N V I R O N M E N T N B C G A R B A G E R V E D R D O P P U R E E J U E Y I L A R S C L U S E D P A P E R Y O S T N O T S E D E C P R O T E C T R U U L E A B R C A I B C S E R E C E E N C A E E K D E E E F G H G I J L KEY : Environment, garbage, pure, used paper, protect. envelope, dust, green tree, can, plastic, paper bag, reduce, reuse, recycle .

I.Vocabulary: - a tire : using picture : lốp xe -a pipe : using drawing:ống nước - a deposit : khoan tien gui vao mot tai khoan ,tiền lãi - to refill = to fill something empty again ;làm đầy lại - to melt >< to freeze :tan ra,nấu chảy

b. Open prediction - Tell Ss they are going to read a page in a newspaper giving some recycling facts to protect the environment . - Ask them to look at the board and guess what they are going to read . + What do people do with used things ? + What can they make from them ? - Call on some Ss to read their guesses on the board Car ties -> ………….. Milk bottles ->…………… Glass -> ………….. Drink cans -> ………….. Household and garden waste -> ……… …. 3. While – reading : -TM: Practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Self-made and be responsible for yourself and everyone. a.Read: P 92 - Ask Ss to open their books and read the text once. - Ask Ss to work in pairs to make a list of recycling facts mentioned in the text . - Call on some Ss to write the information in the grid on the board . Answer Key : Used things Recycling Facts b. Comprehension questions - Ask Ss to work in pairs to answer the questions . - Get them to compare their answers with their friends . - Call on some pairs to practice asking and answering the questions . - Give feedback 28

-to break up:đập vỡ -glassware:đồ thuỷ tinh -dung: đống -to reuse:dung lai II.Open prediction Car tires - are recycled to make pipes and floor recoverings Milk bottles - are cleaned and refilled (with milk ) Glass- is broken up , melted and made into new glassware Drink cans- are brought back for recycling Household and garden waste -is made into compost

III.Read P 92

IV. Comprehension questions a. People cleaned and refilled empty milk bottles . b. The glass is broken up , melted and made into new glassware . c. The Oregon government made a new

law that there must be a deposit on all drink cans . The deposit is returned when people bring the cans back for recycling . d. Compost is made from household and garden waste . e. If we have a recycling story to share , we can call or fax the magazine at 5 265 4. Post â€“ reading : - Ask Ss to look at their books and complete the sentences to make a list of recycled things - Call on some Ss to read their answers aloud . => The sentences they have read are the passive . Passive Form in the present Simple S + am/ is / are + Past participle - It is used when the subject is affected by the action of the verb . - How to change an active sentence to a passive voice : Have Ss copy Change these sentences into the passive 1. Lan like pop music . 2. They play table tennis every day - Call on some Ss to read their completed sentences in front of class . - Give feedback

456.

V. Passive Form in the present Simple S + am/ is / are + Past participle - It is used when the subject is affected by the action of the verb . - How to change an active sentence to a passive voice eg : I love you . ->You are loved by me . *Change these sentences into the passive: ->1. Pop music is liked by Lan ->2. Table tennis is played every day VI. Homework : (1â€™)

5.Production -Retell the lesson. 1. Copy down all the passive sentences in their note books . 2. Do the exercises in the workbook . 3. Prepare the next lesson .

1. Copy down all the passive sentences in their note books . 2. Do the exercises in the workbook . 3. Prepare the next lesson . 29

-------------------------------o0o-----------------------------năm 2019 Kiểm tra ngày tháng ……………………………………………………. …………………………………………………… …………………………………………………….. …………………………………………………

Week: 23 Period: 64

UNIT 10 RECYCLING Lesson 3 : Write

Preparation date:21/1/2019 Teaching date :28/1/2019

I. OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson,Ss will be able to write a set of instructions,using the sequencing . 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 30

4.2. Quality: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone. II. PREPARATION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III. PROCEDURES: Content Activities 1.Warm up I.Warm up Lucky numbers Lucky numbers - Write 9 numbers on he board from 1 to 9 - Write 9 numbers on he board from 1 1. Lucky number to 9 2. Say this sentence in he passive “ people 1. Lucky number speak English everywhere “ 2. Say this sentence in he passive “ 3. Say this sentence in the active “ cartoons people speak English everywhere “ are liked by most children “ 3. Say this sentence in the active “ 4. Lucky number cartoons are liked by most children “ 5. Lucky number 4. Lucky number 6. Say this sentence in the passive “ We do 5. Lucky number not use things carefully . “ 6. Say this sentence in the passive “ 7. Say this sentence in the active “ Are We do not use things carefully . “ candies liked by the children ? “ 7. Say this sentence in the active “ Are 8. Say this sentence in the passive “ Mr Han candies liked by the children ? “ teaches Maths . “ 8. Say this sentence in the passive “ 9. Say this sentence in the passive “ Mr Han teaches Maths . “ Vegetables do not eat meat . “ 9. Say this sentence in the passive “ - Divide the class into 2 teams . Vegetables do not eat meat . “ 2. Pre- writing : Introduce the topic of the writing and some new words to Ss -TM: Play game, practising -C: Capacity to use language -Q: Self-made and confident a. Pre-teach vocabulary :

II.Vocabulary: - to soak : put sth in liquid for a time

-> Have Ss copy down .

so that it becomes completely wet 31

.:thấm ướt - to mash : mime nghiền ,bóp nát - wire mesh (n) : lưới sắt - bucket (n) : drawing :thùng ,xô -To press:ấn ,đè,ép -to pull out:lôi ra -fỉrmly:mạnh -to scatter:rải * Checking vocabulary :

Slap the board

III.Ordering prediction:

b. Ordering prediction :

1. use

- Set the scene : tell Ss they are going to

2. mix

read a text about how to recycle used paper - 3.place Put the verbs on the board randomly in a

4. press

flow chart

5.wrap

- Ask Ss to work in groups to predict the

6.wait

order of the actions

7. dry

First ,(o) soak old newspaper in a soak dry wrap mix press place wait use bucket overnight . 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Then , (1)use the paper by a wooden - Call on about 2 pairs to write their answers spoon to mash the paper. on the board . Next , (2)mix the mashed paper and - Explain the process of recycling , using the water together in another mimes or Vietnamese and correct . bucket.(3)place a wire mesh in the - Feedback mixture then pull it out .Then put the mesh with mixture on the cloth and (4) press it down firmly. Take the mesh out of the cloth(5)wrap some heavy books in a plastic bag and put them on the cloth.(6) wait about 5 32

minutes.Finally,put the books away and take the paper out of the cloth to(7) dry it in the sunlight.

3.While – writing : -TM: Practising, discussion group, technical present…. IV.Write: -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Self-made and be responsible for a. First take the used tealeaves from yourself and everyone. the tea pot . - Ask Ss to open their books , read the text

b. Next scatter the tealeaves on a tray . c. Then dry the leaves in the sun .

and fill in the verbs - Monitor and correct the exercise in the text

d. Finally , put the dry leaves in a pot for future use

book . - Feedback 1. use 2. mix 3. place 4. press 5. wrap 6. wait 7. dry * Recall - Ask Ss to close their books - Write the sequencing on the board and have Ss to practice speaking first - Call on Ss to say the sentences from memory . - Get Ss to write the text in brief using the sequencing . - Monitor and help Ss with their work . - Call on some Ss to read their writing for the class . - Feedback 33

4. Post â€“ writing : - Stick the pictures on the board randomly - Ask Ss to listen and work in groups to rearrange the pictures according to the instructions on how to prepare the tealeaves - Read the instructions aloud a. First take the used tealeaves from the tea pot . b. Next scatter the tealeaves on a tray . c. Then dry the leaves in the sun .

V. Homework

d. Finally , put the dry leaves in a pot for

1. Write the instructions on how to

future use

make a thing you have ever made

5.Production

using the sequencing

-Retell the lesson.

2. Prepare the next lesson .

1. Write the instructions on how to make a thing you have ever made using the sequencing 2. Prepare the next lesson .

Week: 23 UNIT 10 RECYCLING Preparation date: 23/1/2019 Period: Lesson 5: Language focus +Test 15â€™ No 3 Teaching date : 30/1/2019 65 I. OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson,Ss will be able to form the passive in Present simple / Future simple and structures with Adjectives . 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 34

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone. live humanty, cooperate with people around,… II. PREPARATION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III. PROCEDURES: 1. Test 15’ Content Activities 2.Presentation: -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone. Love family, friends and country I.Grammar: 1. The passive forms 1. The passive forms 1.1 Passive Form in the Present Simple 1.1 Passive Form in the Present S + am / is / are + past participle => It is used when the subject is affected by Simple S + am / is / are + past participle the action of the verb . => It is used when the subject is affected by the action of the verb 1.2 Passive Form in the Future 1.2 Passive Form in the Future Simple Simple S + will / shall + be + past participle S + will / shall + be + past participle - Have Ss copy down - Show Ss the questions ( o) and ask them to fill in the gaps , using the Passive - Call on Ss to give their answers and correct 2. Adjectives followed by an infinitive / a noun clause 2.1. It + be + adjective + to infinitive Example : It is very difficult to speak English well 2.2 . S + be + adj + that / noun clause Example : We are delighted that you passed 35

2. Adjectives followed by an infinitive / a noun clause 2.1. It + be + adjective + to infinitive 2.2 . S + be + adj + that / noun clause

the English exam . - Get Ss to copy . 3.Practice: -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone a .Ex 1 p95: Work with a partner - Ordering pictures : + Ask Ss to read the instructions and look at the pictures to put them in the correct order according to the instructions + Call on some groups to give their answers . + Give feedback a.1 b.4 c.3 d.5 e.2 f.6 - Writing : + Ask Ss to rewrite the sentences in the passive form + Let them compare their writing and ask Ss to go to the board and write their sentences + Correct and give feedback b.Ex 2. P96 1. … will be shown 2. Will … be built …..? 3. … will be finished …. 4. Will … be made … ? 4.Futher practice -TM: Play game, practising -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Love country c.Ex 3 P 96 : Complete the sentences - Ask Ss to open their books and complete the dialogues - Call on some pairs to demonstrate the dialogues and correct d.Ex 4p97 : Complete the letter - Ask Ss to read the letter and match the words . - Ask Ss to copy the vocabulary 36

II.Practice: 1.Ex 1 P95: a.1 b.4 c.3 d.5 e.2 f.6

2.Ex 2. P96 1. … will be shown 2. Will … be built …..? 3. … will be finished …. 4. Will … be made … ?

3.Ex 3p96: 1.easy to understand 2.hard to believe 3.dangerous to go 4.important to wait 4.Ex 4p97:1.Matching: A B 1. relieved (a) a. xin chuc mung

- Ask ss to work in pairs to complete the letter using the words in the box - Get some Ss to give their answers - Give feedback and correct

2. Congratulation b. trong cho 3. Look forward to c. xac nhan lai 4. confirm (v) d. nhe nhom Key: 1.d 2.a 3.b 4. c - Call on some Ss to read the complete letter 2. Complete the letter using the aloud words in the box: 0. are delighted 1. was happy 2. am relieved 3. is afraid 4. Are … sure … 5. am certain 5.Production 1. Rewrite the letter beginning with : “ V / Homework : (1’) , Nam s grandparents are delighted that he 1. Rewrite the letter beginning with : passed his English exam ……” “ Nam,s grandparents are delighted 2. Do the exercises in the workbook that he passed his English exam ……” 2. Do the exercises in the workbook TEST 15’ Choose the word whose underlined is pronounced differently from that of the rest. 1. A. chore B. match C. chemical D. armchair 2. A. mend B. semester C. letter D. report 3. A. match B. pan C. transmit D. safety 4. A. knife B. socket C. desk D. bookself 5. A. head B. reading C. ready D. measure Choose the word (A, B, C or D) that best completes the sentence. 6. A: Can you help me carry my bags, please? B: -_________. A. Certainly B. Yes, I can C. Yes, please D. No, thanks 7. I used to _________book before going to bed. A. read B. reading C. reads D. to read 8. Nam is not _________to be in my class. 37

A. very old B. old enough C. too old D. enough old 9. Iâ€™ll come and pick you up _________6:30 this evening, is it OK? A. in B. at C. on D. to 10. He is not _________to get married. A. enough old B. enough young C. old enough D. young enough rd 11. Alexander Graham Bell was born _________3 March, 1847. A. in B. on C. at D. during 12. Would you like _________a message ? A. to leave B. leave C. leaving D. left 13. We must be there _________7.30 and 10.30. A. at B. before C. between D. after 14. My father used _________us to the zoo when we were young. A. took B. taking C. to take D. take 15. Nam hates _________home alone. A. to live B. lives C. live D. living 16. My mother is _________tired _________cook tonight. A. enough/to B. too/ to C. so/ that D. very/ to 17. She has _________over 30 pages since yesterday. A. writen B. wrote C. written D. write 18. London is _________capital city in Europe. A. larger B. the largest C. most large D. large 19. At the end of the film â€œRomeo and Julietâ€?, they killed _________. A. herself B. himself C. themselves D. ourselves 20. Vietnamese is different _________English. A. from B. as C. like D. with ----------THE END--------KEY Sentence 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Key C D D A B A A B A

Sentence 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 38

Key B A C C D B C B C

Week: 23 UNIT11 TRAVELING AROUND VIET NAM Preparation date: 25/1/2019 Period: Lesson 1 : Getting started +Listen and read Teaching date : 1 /2/2019 66 I. OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to use some expressions to express their interest 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone. Love country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,… II. PREPARATION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.PROCEDURES: Teacher’s and students’ activities 1.Warm up: Jumbled words - Write the topic on the board : Places of interest. - Put the chart with the jumbled words on the board. Literature , Ngo Mon ,Ha Long , Bay, Harbor, The Temple, Nha Rong , Gate, Bay

Content Warm up Answer key: a/ Ngo Mon Gate b/ Nha Rong Harbor c/ The temple literature.

- Ask each team to connect the words to make the right phrases for places of interest and write them on the board as 39

fast as possible. Getting started - Give the picture and ask Ss to read the names and match the names and right picture. - Ask ss to give their answer Answer key: a/ Ngo Mon Gate b/ Nha Rong Harbor c/ The temple literature. 2. Pre- reading : Introduce the topic of the passage reading and some new words to students . -TM: Play game, practising -C: Capacity to use language -Q: Self-made and confident I. Vocabulary: a. Pre- teach Vocabulary : - Crop (n) : something such as grain , rice , fruit … is grown in one season - Sugar cane (n) : cay mia ( It is used to make sugar ) - Water buffalo (n) : con trau - forty – minute drive : The drive takes 40 minutes Form : A / an Adj ( number ) – N + N Ex : a3 – month vacation / a thirteen – year – old – boy * Checking vocabulary :

Bingo

b. Guiding questions : - Set the scene and put the chart with questions on the board a. where does Hoa meet The Jones ? b. Is it the first time The Jones have visited Viet Nam? c. How do they travel to Ha Noi ? d. What do they see along the road to Ha Noi ? e. What would Tim like to do ?

II.Guiding questions : a. where does Hoa meet The Jones ? b. Is it the first time The Jones have visited Viet Nam? c. How do they travel to Ha Noi ? d. What do they see along the road to Ha Noi ? 40

- Ask Ss to think about the questions in a few minutes - Have Ss listen to the tape while reading the dialogue - Get Ss to work in pairs to answer the questions - Call on some pairs to give their answers - Feedback : a. Hoa meets The Jones at the airport b. Yes , it is . c. By taxi d. They see a boy riding a water buffalo , rice paddies , corn and sugar cane fields e. He would like to take a photo . 3. While – reading : -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Self-made and be responsible for yourself and everyone - Ask Ss to listen to the tape and say out True or False - Read the sentences aloud and call on some Ss to answer , then have them correct the false sentences and get them to write in their notebooks . a. T b. T d. T e.T c. F -> … in a taxi f. F -> … Not only rice and corn but also sugar canes are grown around Ha Noi . - Call on some groups of five to practice the dialogue in front of class - Correct their pronunciation 4. Post – reading : Discussion - Ask Ss to read the dialogue again , discuss with them and ask them to pick out the sentences containing the situations mentioned below . * to express interest : - I,d like you to meet my parents …. - It is nice to meet you …. - It is great to be in Viet Nam . - I would to sit with Tim …..

e. What would Tim like to do ? Key: a. Hoa meets The Jones at the airport b. Yes , it is .

c. By taxi

d. They see a boy riding a water buffalo , rice paddies , corn and sugar cane fields e. He would like to take a photo

III.T/F statements:p99 a. T b. T c. F -> … in a taxi d. T e.T f. F -> … Not only rice and corn but also sugar canes are grown around Ha Noi .

IV.Discussion * to express a request : - Would you mind sitting in the front seat … - Would you mind if I took a photo ?

5.Production -Retell the lesson 1. Learn by heart new words and some structures to give some examples . 2. Do the exercises

V.Home work

1. Learn by heart new words and some structures to give some examples . 2. Do the exercise -------------------------------o0o-----------------------------Kiểm tra ngày 28 tháng 1 năm 2019 ……………………………………………………. …………………………………………………… …………………………………………………….. ……………………………………………

Week: UNIT 11 TRAVELING AROUND VIET NAM Preparation date: 24 Lesson 2: Speak 4/2/2019 Period: Teaching date 67 :11/2/2019 I. OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge: By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to make and respond to formal requests using “mind” and make suggestions . 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone. Love country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,… II. PREPARATION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.PROCEDURES: Teacher’s and students’ activities 1.. Warm up: - Call Ss to play the roles in the dialogue on page 99. - Ask them some questions. - What does Hoa say when she wants Mr Jones to sit in the front of the seat of the taxi. - What does Tim say to Hoa when he wants to take photograph? What are the answers? 43

Content I. Warm up: - Play the roles in the dialogue on page 99. Answer the questions. Write the answer on the BB. Give the key. - Would you mind sitting in the front seat of the taxi? - No problem. - Would you mind if I took a photo?

- Not at all. 2.Pre- speaking : Introduce the topic of the speaking and some structures -TM: Discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Be responsible for yourself and everyone. a. Pre- teach structures : - Set the scene : II.Model sentences : Remind Ss of the exchanges between Hoa and 1. A : Would you mind sitting in the front Mr. Jones and between Hoa and Tim in the last seat of the taxi ? dialogue and elicit the sentences from Ss . B : No problem . 2. A : Would you mind if I took a photo ? B : Not at all . => Used to make and respond to formal Model sentences : requests 1. A : Would you mind sitting in the front seat Form : of the taxi ? 1. Would you mind / Do you mind + B : No problem . verb- ing …? 2. A : Would you mind if I took a photo ? 2. Would you mind if I + Verb ( in Past B : Not at all . simple tense) …? => Used to make and respond to formal Do you mind if I + Verb ( in Present requests simple tense ) ..? Form : 1. Would you mind / Do you mind + verb- ing …? 2. Would you mind if I + Verb ( in Past simple tense) …? Do you mind if I + Verb ( in Present simple tense ) ..? Responses : Agreement: No , I do not mind . / No , of course no . / Not at all . / Please do . / Please go head . Disagreement : I am sorry , I can not / I am sorry , it is impossible I,d prefer you did not . / I,d rather you did not . - Get Ss to copy and give some more examples with suggested words b. Cardboard Drill : 1. move your car ? (v ) 2. go out with me ? ( x) 44

Responses : Agreement: No , I do not mind . / No , of course no . / Not at all . / Please do . / Please go head . Disagreement : I am sorry , I can not / I am sorry , it is impossible I,d prefer you did not . / I,d rather you did not . - Get Ss to copy and give some more examples with suggested words

3. wait for me ? (x) 4. Get / coffee ? (v) 5. Smoke ? (x) - Call on some pairs to practice in front of class 3. While – speaking : -TM: Practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone. - Ask Ss to work in pairs + Open pairs : Get 3 or 4 pairs to demonstrate the exchanges + Close pairs : get the whole class to practice all the exchanges - Give feedback

2. Cardboard Drill : 1. move your car ? (v ) 2. go out with me ? ( x) 3. wait for me ? (x) 4. Get / coffee ? (v) 5. Smoke ? (x) - Call on some pairs to practice in front of class III.Mapped dialogue Mapped dialogue You /Tourist officer You /Tourist officer + Open pairs : Ask some pairs to demonstrate -Excuse me ! the dialogue . -I would like to visit a market. Would you + Closed pairs : have Ss open their books and mind suggesting one ? -That sounds interesting . Thank you . use the information / 101 to practice other -Yes ? dialogues . -Not at all . Group 1 : Markets Group 2 : Museums -How about goping to Thai Binh Market ? Group3 : Restaurants Group 4 : Stamps -It opens from about 5 am to pm . Group 5 : Zoo and Botanical Garden -You are welcome . 4. Post – speaking : IV.Speak: - Call on some volunteers from each group to Group 1 : Markets Group 2 : Museums practice in front of class . Group3 : Restaurants Group 4 : Stamps - Rewrite the completed dialogues in their note Group 5 : Zoo and Botanical Garden books V.Write it up IV.Homework : 1. Learn by heart new words . 2. Prepare the next lesson: Listen

5.Production -Retell the lesson. 1. Learn by heart new words . 2. Prepare the next lesson: Listen

Week: 24

UNIT 11 TRAVELING AROUND VIET NAM Preparation date:6/2/2019

Period: Lesson 3: Listen Teaching date : 13/2/2019 68 I. OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to listen comprehension:positions places on the map 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone. Love country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,… II. PREPARATION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.PROCEDURES: Teacher’s and students’ activities Content 1.Warm up: Quiz I.Warm up: Quiz what is this place ? - Ask questions and call the student who what is this place ? - Ask questions and call the student puts his / her hand up first to answer who puts his / her hand up first to - Tell Ss each place consists of 3 questions ; answer 3 points for the first question , 2 points for - Tell Ss each place consists of 3 the second question , 1 point for the third questions ; 3 points for the first question . question , 2 points for the second question , 1 point for the third question . a. What is this place ? 1. it is called the city of Eternal Spring . 2. It has a lot of waterfalls and lakes . 3. You can find the most kinds of flowers here . b. What is this place ? 1. It is a seaside resort . 2. It has a very big monument of

a. What is this place ? 1. it is called the city of Eternal Spring . 2. It has a lot of waterfalls and lakes . 3. You can find the most kinds of flowers here . b. What is this place ? 1. It is a seaside resort . 2. It has a very big monument of Buddha . 46

Buddha 3. It has an Oceanic Institute c. What is this place ? 1. It is a mountainous resort . 2. It has tribal villages . 3. Sometimes it has snow . d. What is this place ? 1. It is recognized as a World Heritage Site by UNESSCO . 2. It has a lot of caves . 3. It contains of a lot of islands

2. Pre- listening : Introduce the topic of the listening and some new words -TM: Play game, practising -C: Capacity to use language -Q: Self-made and confident 1. Pre – teach vocabulary : - Highway ( n) - Tourist information center (n) 2. Set the scene “ The Jones family are going around Ha Noi and they are talking about the directions to 5 places in the maps . Listen to them and match the places to the correct positions on the maps “ - Have Ss guess their correct positions on the map - Call on some Ss to read their predictions and write them on the board. 3. While – listening : -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Self-made, be responsible for yourself and everyone. Love country - Ask Ss to list the places on the maps . - Play the tape 2 or 3 times - Ask Ss to compare their answers with their friends .

3. It has an Oceanic Institute c. What is this place ? 1. It is a mountainous resort . 2. It has tribal villages . 3. Sometimes it has snow . d. What is this place ? 1. It is recognized as a World Heritage Site by UNESSCO . 2. It has a lot of caves . 3. It contains of a lot of islands . *Key what is this place ?: a. Da Lat b. Nha Trang c. Sa Pa d. Ha Long Bay

II.Vocabulary: - Highway ( n) - Tourist information center (n)

III.Listen: Answer key : a) restaurant b) hotel c) bus station 47

- Call on some Ss to read their answers and give the correct answers Answer key : a) restaurant b) hotel c) bus station d) pagoda e) temple - Play the tape once more to check the answers ( pause at some important paragraph )

d) pagoda e) temple

*tape transcript: Tim:Mom,I ‘m tired. Mrs.Brown:All right. You go back to the hotel and we’ll go and look at the pagoda. Tim:Okay, but how do I get to the hotel? Mrs.Brown:Let me check the map.Oh,Yes.It’s Phong Lan road,just off the highway. Tim:I remember.See you later. Mrs.Brown:Bye. Shannon: I’m hungry,mom. Mrs.brown:Can you wait until after we ‘ve seen the pagoda,Shannon?The restaurant’s in Ho Tay Road.It’s in the opposite the direction from the pagoda. Shannon:Please,Mom.I’m starving! Mr.Brown:I’ll take you to the restaurant and get something to eat,Shannon.We ‘ll let your mother go to the pagoda. Shannon:Thanks,dad.Perhaps we can get some food at the restaurant and eat it beside the river. Mrs.Brown:As you are going in the direction of the bus station,can you book seats on tomorrow’s bus to HCMC?The bus station is just opposite the tourist information center. Mr.Brown:All right. Mrs.Brown:I’ll see you back at the hotel. Shannon: How are you goping to get to the pagoda,mom? Mrs.Brown:I’m going to walk over the bridge and take the first road on the left.If I have time,I’ll also visit an old temple,which is just past the pagoda on the same road. Shannon:Bye,Mom.Have a nice time. Mrs,Brown:I will,bye.

4. Post – listening : - Have Ss repeat chorally while 48

listening to the tape . - Correct their pronunciation 5.Production -Retell the lesson. 1. Learn by heart new words . 2. Prepare the next lesson

IV / Homework : 1. Learn by heart new words . 2. Prepare the next lesson

UNIT 11 TRAVELING AROUND VIET Preparation date:8/2/2019 Week: 24 Period: NAM Teaching date : 15/2/2019 69 Lesson 4: Read I. OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to get the information from simple tourist advertisements . 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone. Love country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,… II. PREPARATION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.PROCEDURES: Teacher’s and students’ activities Content - I. Warm up : Word square 1. Warm up : Word square Tourist sites Tourist sites A D D Y R E S O R T Answer Key : D C A T G B E A C H 49

resort , beach , Sa Pa , K N L R Y S A P A E caves , lakes , mountains , Nha Trang B U A I M K S A P C Bach Ma , Ha Long , Da lat , A H T B V B I P J I Tribe, easide , The citadel C A V E S L D K I T H L N L A K E C T A M O U N T A I N R D A N H A T R A N G E A G G E F G X C U L - Ask Ss to find 13 hidden words and write them on a piece of paper . 2 Pre- reading : Introduce the topic of the passage reading and some new words to students . -TM: Play game, practising -C: Capacity to use language … -Q: Self-made and confident a. Pre – teach vocabulary : - accommodation (n) : a place to live , work or stay in - giant (adj ) = huge / very big - slope (n) - jungle (n) = a very thick forest - limestone (n) = da voi - florist (n) : a person who sells flowers - to import >< to export * Checking vocabulary : What and where 3. While – reading : -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Self-made , be responsible for yourself and everyone. Love country b. Grid : p104 - Ask Ss to read the advertisements about the resorts and check (v) the topics mentioned in the grid - Get Ss to work in pairs to compare their answer - Call on some Ss to give their answers Answer Key : Nha Trang : Flights to Ha Noi , railway , hotels , local 50

II.Vocabulary: - accommodation (n) : a place to live , work or stay in - giant (adj ) = huge / very big - slope (n) - jungle (n) = a very thick forest - limestone (n) = da voi - florist (n) : a person who sells flowers - to import >< to export

III. Grid:p104

Answer Key : Nha Trang : Flights to Ha Noi , railway , hotels , local transport , tourist attractions .

transport , tourist attractions . Da Lat : Hotels , local transport , waterfalls , tourist attractions Sa Pa : Hotels , local transport , mountain slopes tourist attractions , villages . Ha Long Bay : World Heritage , tourist attractions , sand beaches , railways , hotels , caves , locals transport . - Have Ss copy down c. Matching : - put the poster on the board and ask Ss to match the words or phrases in Column A to column B - Ask Ss to go to the board and draw the lines to connect the words Answer Key : 1. d 2.e 3.a 4.c 5.b

Da Lat : Hotels , local transport , waterfalls , tourist attractions Sa Pa : Hotels , local transport , mountain slopes tourist attractions , villages Ha Long Bay : World Heritage , tourist attractions , sand beaches , railways , hotels , caves , locals transport . IV. Matching : A 1. Nha Trang 2. Da lat 3. Sa Pa 4. Ha long Bay 5. Nha Rong Harbor B a. tribal villages , mountain climbing b. The place where President Ho Chi Minh left Viet Nam in 1911. c. Swimming and sunbathing . d. Oceanic Institute e. Flower gardens . Answer Key : 1. d 2.e 3.a 4.c 5.b V. Grid p105 a-Andrew:Sapa b-Mary:Nha Trang,Sa pa, Ha Long Bay c-John:Nha Rong Harbor d-Joanne:Nha Trang e-Donna:Da Lat

d. Grid p105 - Get Ss to open their books , read the text on page 105 and check (v) the boxes . - Monitor and correct .

VI. Role play: 4. Post â€“ reading : Role play A : Where should ( Andrew ) go ? - Tell Ss to ask and answer questions using B : He should go to ( Sa Pa ) . the information in the text . A : Why ? + Write the model on the board . B : Because ( he studies tribes and he A : Where should ( Andrew ) go ? likes mountain â€“ climbing ) B : He should go to ( Sa Pa ) . 51

A : Why ? B : Because ( he studies tribes and he likes mountain – climbing ) - Ask Ss to work in pairs to practice speaking . - Monitor and correct - Call on some pairs to practice in front of class VII.Homework : 1. Redo the exercises and copy in their 5.Production -Retell the lesson notebooks . 1. Redo the exercises and copy in their 2. Do the exercises in the workbook . notebooks . 3. Prepare the next lesson 2. Do the exercises in the workbook . 3. Prepare the next lesson . -------------------------------o0o-----------------------------Kiểm tra ngày 11 tháng 2 năm 2019 ……………………………………………………. …………………………………………………… …………………………………………………….. ……………………………………………………. Week: 25 Period: 70

UNIT 11 TRAVELING AROUND VIET NAM Lesson 5 : Write

Preparation date: 11/2/2019 Teaching date : 18/2/2019

I. OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson,Ss’ll be able to know how to write a narrative,using a guided composition 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone. Love country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,… II. PREPARATION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues 52

.2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.PROCEDURES:

Teacher’s and students’ activities 1. Warm up : Which word ?

Content I. Warm up : Which word ?

( Get Ss to study the definition of a narrative by a gap fill ) - Put the missing words on the board and have Ss study first : written - climax - attention - brief -

written – climax – attention – brief –

events

- Show the chart and ask Ss to ill in the - Show the chart and ask Ss to ill in the gaps with the words in the box . A narrative is a sequence of …(1)…

gaps with the words in the box . A narrative is a sequence of …(1)…

These events are usually …(2)… in

chronological order and often lead to a

chronological order and often lead to a 53

…(3) … The first sentence of a

…(3)The first sentence of a narrative

narrative should get the reader,s

should get the reader,s …(4) and the

…(4)… and the ending should be

ending should be(5)…

…(5)… - Ask Ss of each group to go to the

Answer key :

board and write the words as fast as

1. events 2. written 3. climax 4. attention

possible .

5. brief

- Explain the definition in Vietnamese 2.Pre- writing : Introduce the topic of the writing and some new words to Ss . -TM: Play game, practising -C: Capacity to use language … -Q: Self-made and confident a. Pre – teach Vocabulary

II.Vocabulary:

+ Get Ss to copy down .

- canoe (n) : using picture - to stumble : truot chan - to go off : vang ra - to realize : nhan ra - to paddle (mime ) -> paddle (n) - to hire : thue muon - to overturn : lat up / lat do - to rescue = to save somebody ,s life from danger

* Checking vocabulary :

Slap the

board b. Ordering statements : Setting the

III. Ordering statementsp106

scene “ Last week , while on vacation in Da lat , The Jones family had quite an unforgettable adventure on Xuan Huong Lake . What did they do and what happened to them ? “ 54

- Ask Ss to read the first part of the

c -> a -> g ->d -> f -> b -> e

story / 105 and rearrange the sentences or: / 106 to complete the story .

1-c

- Call on some pairs to give their

2-a

answers and correct .

3-g

- Get some Ss to read the story aloud

4-d

for the class and correct pronunciation

5-f

errors .

6-b

- Give feedback :

7-e

c -> a -> g ->d -> f -> b -> e 3. While – writing : -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone. Love country c. Explanation : - Have Ss look at the pictures / 106 – 107 and guess the meaning of the new words . - Explain the meanings of these words - Get Ss to copy d. Ordering pictures :

IV.Ordering pictures:

- Ask Ss to look at the pictures again

d -> b -> e -> h -> a ->-> f -> c -> g

and rearrange the events in the correct

chronological order to make it a story . - Call on some Ss to give their answers and correct - Give feedback : d -> b -> e -> h -> a -> f -> c -> g e. Write – it – up :

V. Write – it – up : 55

- Ask Ss to use the pictures already

Uyen had a day to remember last week .

rearranged and the given words to

she had a math exam on Friday but she got

write the story about Uyen .

up late . She realized her alarm clock did

- Monitor and help Ss with words or

not go off . As he was leaving home , it

structures while they are writing .

started to rain heavily . Uyen tried to run

* Notice : The past simple tense is

as fast as she could . Suddenly she

often used in a narrative .

stumbled against a rock and fell onto the

- Ask them to exchange their writings

road . Her school bag went into a pool of

to correct for each other .

water and everything got wet . Strangely ,

- Call on some Ss to read their story

the rain stopped as she got to her

aloud for he class

classroom . Luckily , Uyen had enough

- Give feedback :

time to finish her exam .

4.Post – writing : - Call on some Ss to demonstrate the completed story in front of class . - Copy the story in their notebooks . 5.Production

VI.Homework :

-Retell the lesson

1. Learn by heart all new words and copy

1. Learn by heart all new words and

in their notebooks .

copy in their notebooks .

2. Work in groups of 4 writing a story to

2. Work in groups of 4 writing a story

tell the class in the next lesson .

to tell the class in the next lesson .

3. Prepare the next lesson .

3. Prepare the next lesson

Week: 25 UNIT 11 TRAVELING AROUND VIET Preparation date:13/2/2019 Period: NAM Teaching date : 20/2/2019 71 Lesson 6 : Language focus I. OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson,Ss’ll be able to use Present and Past participles to describe things and people and the requests with “ Would / Do you mind if …..? and Would / Do you mind + V-ing …?” 56

2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone. Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,… II. PREPARATION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens Teacher’s and students’ activities 1.Warm-up: Memory game: - Ask Ss to open their books and observe the picture on page 109 carefully. - Let SS look at the picture for 20 seconds and ask them to close their books. - Divide the class into two teams and ask each team to go to the BB and write from memory the names of the things they’ve just seen in the picture. - Tell them the team having the most right words is the winner. - Have Ss open their books again, go through the words and correct. 2.Presentation -TM: Discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Self-made and confident .Model sentences : 1. The man walking up the stairs is Mr Quang ( present participle phrase ) Form : Verb + ing -> Present participle Use : A present participle can be used as an adjective to qualify a noun with active meaning 2.The old lamp made in China is five 57

Content I.Warm-up: Memory game: - Open their books and observe the picture on page 109 carefully. - Look at the picture for 20 seconds and close their books. - Each team goes to the BB and writes from memory the names of the things they’ve just seen in the picture. - Open their books again, go through the words and correct. Answer key. Box, lamp, truck, doll, flowers, elephant, bear, rabit.

II.Model sentences : 1. The man walking up the stairs is Mr Quang ( present participle phrase ) Form : Verb + ing -> Present participle Use : A present participle can be used as an adjective to qualify a noun with active meaning

2.The old lamp made in China is five ( past participle phrase ) dollars . Form : Regular verb + ed Past ( past participle phrase ) participle Form : Regular verb + ed / Irregular Irregular verb verb -> Past participle Use : a past participle can be used as an Use : a past participle can be used as adjective to qualify a noun with passive an adjective to qualify a noun with meaning . passive meaning . dollars .

3. Presentation : - Ask Ss to repeat the models sentences : - Ask Ss to repeat the models sentences Would you mind if + Verb ( in Past : simple tense …) ? Would you mind if + Verb ( in Past Do you mind if + Verb ( in present simple tense …) ? simple tense …) ? Do you mind if + Verb ( in present Do you mind / would you mind + verb – simple tense …) ? Do you mind / would you mind + verb ing …? + Agreement : – ing …? No , I do not mind . / No , of course not . + Agreement : / Not at all . / Please do . / Please go No , I do not mind . / No , of course not ahead . . / Not at all . / Please do . / Please go - Disagreement : ahead . , , I d prefer you did not . / I d rather you - Disagreement : did not . I,d prefer you did not . / I,d rather you did not . => Meaning : Xin ban cam phien … => Meaning : Xin ban cam phien … 3.Practice -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone. III.Practice: Language focus 1 : 1. Language focus 1 : * Pre-teach : - Ask Ss to open their books and look at the picture / 108 and set the scene “ It is time for recess and the people at Quang Trung school are in the school yard . What are they doing ? “ - Ask questions and call on Ss to answer then correct . Example : The man walking up the Example : The man walking up the stairs is Mr Quang stairs is Mr Quang - Have Ss copy T : What is Mr Quang doing ? * Practice : Ss : He is walking / going up the stairs . 58

- Ask Ss to work in pairs to say who each person is , using the information above - Correct and feedback

T : What is Miss Lien doing ? Ss : She is carrying a bag . T : ( Nam ) Ss : ( standing next to Miss Lien / talking to Miss Lien ) T : ( Ba ) Ss : ( sitting under the tree / reading a book ) T : ( Lan ) Ss : ( standing by the table ) T : ( Nga and Hoa ) Ss : ( playing chess ) 2. Language focus 2 : Key:

. Language focus 2 : * Pre â€“teach : Matching - Ask Ss to look at the words in the box and the picture / 109 to do the matching A B 1. box a. wrap in 2. truck b. dress in 3. lamp c. recycled from 4. doll d. keep in 5. flowers e. made in 6. toys f. paint - Ask Ss to look at the picture / 109 again and answer the questions : - Where is the old lamp made in ? - What color is the box painted ? - What is truck recycled from ? - What color is the doll dressed in ? - What are the flowers wrapped in ? - Where are the toys kept ? - Call on some pairs to practice asking and answering the questions => Ask â€œ How much is the old lamp made in China ? - Have Ss copy - Ask Ss to work in pairs , asking and answering the questions ( Using the information in the matching ) - Call on some pairs to demonstrate for the class . 4.Futherpractice Language focus 3 : Cardboard Drill

1. f 4. b

2. c 5. a

3. e 6. d

* Practice : - Ask Ss to look at their books , listen to the questions and answer T : How much is the box painted green ? St: The box painted green is one dollar 3. Language focus 3 : Cardboard Drill 59

- Prepare 4 cardboards with cues including checks (v) and crosses (x) a. move / car (v) c. get / coffee (x) b. put out / cigarette (v) d. wait / moment (x) - Call on 2 or 3 Ss to repeat it and correct . + Open pairs : Get 3 or 4 pairs to demonstrate in the class . + Closed pairs : Get the whole class to practice - Go on until the last cue language focus 4 : 4.1 Gap fill - Put the gap – fill chart on the board . - Ask Ss to use the right words in the box to fill in the gaps . turned off – explain – telling – ask 1. Would you mind …… me something about it ? 2. Do you mind if I …… you a question ? 3. Would you please …. this new word to me ? 4. Would you mind if I ….. the television ?

Model : T : Would you mind moving your car ? Ss : No , of course not a. move / car (v) c. get / coffee (x) b. put out / cigarette (v) d. wait / moment (x)

4.2 Ordering pictures - Ask Ss to write the numbers and look at the pictures , listen to the situations and order the pictures ( 1-> 6 ) 1. turn on the stereo 2. watch TV while eating 3. sit down 4. postpone the meeting 5. turn on the air – conditioner 6. smoke - Ask Ss to give their answers - Get Ss to work in pairs , playing the roles to demonstrate the exchanges based on the models below the pictures . Listen and correct their mistakes

* Ordering pictures 1. turn on the stereo 2. watch TV while eating 3. sit down 4. postpone the meeting 5. turn on the air – conditioner 6. smoke Key: 1.d 2.f 3.a 4.c 5.e 6.b

4. language focus 4 : * Gap fill turned off – explain – telling – ask 1. Would you mind …… me something about it ? 2. Do you mind if I …… you a question ? 3. Would you please …. this new word to me ? 4. Would you mind if I ….. the television ? Answer Key : 1.telling 2.ask 3.explain 4. turned off

IV. Homework : 1. Copy all the exercises in their notebooks . 2. Prepare the next lesson .

5.Production -Retell the lesson. 1. Copy all the exercises in their notebooks . 2. Prepare the next lesson

REVISION Preparation date:15/2/2019 Week: 25 Teaching date : 22/2/2019 Period:72 I. OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson Ss’ll be able to use Modal will to make request,offers and promises, Passive voice,Adj followed by +infinitive/a noun clause,ed/-ing participles Would/Do you mind if…..? Would/Do you mind +V-ing? 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone. Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,… II. PREPARATION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.PROCEDURES: Teacher’s and students’ activities Content - I. Warm up: 1.Warm up: Chatting - ask ss answer the questions

- ask ss answer the questions How are you? - What time do you get up? - What time do you go to school?

2.Presentation

II.Modal Will: 61

-TM: Discussion group, technical present…. -C: Capacity to use language -Q: Self-made and confident *.Modal Will: a.Requests:

1.Requests:

*-Can/Could you…?

-Can/Could you…?

Will/Would you…..?

-Will/Would you…..?

Eg:-Will you open the window,please?

-Sure

-All right.

-Ok/All right.

-Thank you.

-I’m sorry,i can’t./I’m afraid not.

b.Offers:

2.Offers:

-Would you like…..?

-What can I get for you?

-Shall I….?

-Shall I….? -Yes,please. -That would be nice. -No,thank you.

*Use “mind”in requests:

III.Use “mind”in requests

-Would/Do you mind+V-ing?

-Would/Do you mind if…?

Reply(+):

-No ,I don’t mind.

-No ,of course not.

-Not at all.

Please do

-Please go ahead

Reply(-):

-I’m sorry,I can’t.

-I’m sorry,that is not possible.

-I’d prefer you didn’t.

-I’d prefer you didn’t. 62

-I’d rather you didn’t.

C.Passive voice:

IV.Passive voice:

S+be +PII+by +O

3..Practice: -TM: Practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Self-made and confident, responsible for yourself and everyone.

be V.Practice: 1.Exercise 4 p60 on workbook:

d.Exercise 4 p60 on workbook:

a.Cloth bags are used instead of plastic

bags.

b.Milk is contained in paper boxes

nowadays.

nowadays. c.That beautiful toy is made from recycled

c.That beautiful toy is made from recycled paper.

paper.

2. Exercise 5p61 on workbook:

e. Exercise 5p61 on workbook:

a.The used plastic bottlesare washed with

water.

b.The bottles are cut into small pieces.

cThe small pieces are mixed with certain

chemicals

chemicals. 4.Futher practice *. Adj+to V-infi 3. Exercise 8p63 on workbook:

3. Exercise 8p63 on workbook:

a.I’m happy to pass the exams.

b. We are ready to clean the environment.

c.It ‘s very difficult to keep people from

littering

littering.

*.Adj+that +clause 63

4. Exercise 9p64 on workbook:

a.I am pleased that you want to know more a.I am pleased that you want to know about 3D.

more about 3D.

b.He is delighted that you are interested in

protecting environment.

c.They are very happy that they could save

c.They are very happy that they could

more money from reused things.

save more money from reused things.

5.Production

VI. Homework :

-Retell the lesson

1. Learn by heart new words and

1. Learn by heart new words and structures structures from unit 9 to unit 11 from unit 9 to unit 11

2. Redo the exercises in the workbook

3. Prepare the test 45’ No3

3. Prepare the test 45’ No3 -------------------------------o0o-----------------------------Kiểm tra ngày 18 tháng 2 năm 2019 ……………………………………………………. …………………………………………………… …………………………………………………….. ……………………………………

week: 26 Period: 73

Preparing date: 18/2/19 Teaching date: 25/2/19 written test

I. OBJECTIVES 1. Knowledge: - By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to check themselves and do the tests better 2. Skills: Listening, speaking, reading, writing 3. Attitude: - Students should revise the old lessons 64

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, capacity to use language - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: sensitive and responsible II. PREPARATIONS: 1.Teacher: copied papers, laptop 2.Students: pens III. MATRIX:

IV. TEST: PART I : LISTEN 1.Listen to the conversation carefully then decide whether the following sentences are true or false.(1 pt) 1. This is the first time Hoa has met Timâ€™s family. . 2. Hoa helps Mrs Jones with her luggage. 3. The car is traveling past farmland. 4. Only rice and corn are grown around Ha Noi. 2. Listen to the conversation again then choose the best answer(1pt) 65

5.Hoa meets the jones at the ………………. A.bus stop B.airport C.bookshop 6.They travel to Ha Noi by ……………. A.car B.bus C.taxi 7.Hoa helps Mrs Jones with her ………… A. bags B.bag C. two bags 8.Shannon has never seen ………….before A.water buffalo B.rice paddies C.flower garden PART II: GRAMMAR AND VOCAB 1.Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest(1pt) B. match C. chemical D. 9.A. chore armchair 10.A. mend B. semester C. letter D. report B. pan C. transmit D. safety 11.A. match 12.A. knife B. socket C. desk D. bookself 2. Circle the best option A, B, C or D to complete each of the following sentences (2pts). 13. My sister likes sweet …. from chocolate. a. making b. made c. to make d. makes 14. Would you mind if I ….... ..here? a. smoke b. smoking c. smoked d.smokes 15. This is the first time Sharron …... rice paddies. a. saw b. see c. is seeing d. has seen 16. Would you mind……...the windows? a. close b. closing c. closed d. closes 17. Farmers collect household and garden waste to make……….. a. glassware b. compost c. fabric d.floor coverings 18. You will get back your ……... when you bring the cans back for recycling. a. payment b. deposit c. account d. envelope 19. English ……….. in many countries in Asia. a. speaks b. is speaking c. is spoken d.has spoken 20. People use first- aid ……....ease the victim’s pain and anxiety. a. so that b. in order to c.so as not to d. in order that PART IV: READ 1. Choose correct answer A, B, C, or D to complete the passage ( 1pt) RECYCLING FACTS 66

In the USA, millions of old car tires are (21)_______every year. But tires can be (22)__________to make pipes and floor coverings. Nowadays, many people wear shoes and sandals made from old car tires. In Britain, the milkman brings bottles of milk to houses and collects the empty ones. The empty bottles are then (23)__________and refilled. Every milk bottle can (24)__________thirty times. 21. A. throw away B. threw away C. thrown D. thrown away 22. A. recycling B. to recycle C. recycled D. recycle 23. A. cleaned B. to clean C. cleaning D. clean 24. A. be reuse B. are reused C. be reused D. be recycled 2.Read the passage and choose the best answer A, B, C for each question.(1pt) Yesterday, when I was riding along a busy street, I saw an accident. A woman was knocked down when she crossed at zebra crossing. Many people stopped to offer their help. A policeman arrived and asked a young man to telephone for an ambulance. While waiting for the ambulance, the policeman and some people tried to stop the bleeding. They used a handkerchief to cover the wound, then put pressure on it and held it tight. They tried to talk to her in order to keep her awake. After about ten minutes, the ambulance arrived and the woman was taken to the hospital. 25. Where did the accident happen? a. on the sidewalk b. at a crosswalk c. in a main street d. on a pavement 26. Who telephoned for an ambulance? a. the writer b. the policeman c. the young man d. the driver 27. They used a handkerchief to cover the wound in order to ……….. a. put a pressure on it b. hold it tight c. wait for the ambulance d. stop the bleeding 28. They tried to talk to her so that……………………………….. a. she couldn’t fall asleep b. she could ease her pain. c. she could recognize them d. she couldn’t be afraid PART IV: WRITE 1.Find the mistake in the sentences.(1pt). 29.They have lived in the country since ten years. A B C D 30.We enjoy to go for a walk in the morning. A B C D 31.Hoa usually visits us in Sunday. A B C D 32.Nam must helps his mother do the housework. A B C D 2. Use the suggested words to rewite these sentences ( 2 pts) 67

33. The committee will change the plan of recycling. The plan of recycling……………………………………………… 34. The man was very nervous. He was sitting next to me. The man sitting……………………………………………………. 35. May I ask you a question? Would you mind…………………………………………………..? 36. To study Viet Namese is not very difficult It is not difficult……………………………………………………….? 37. Please make some tea. Would you mind…………………………………………………...? V. KEY: 1. 0,25 p for each correct sentences Sentence

Key

1 T 2 T 3 T 4 F 5 B 6 C 7 A 8 B 9 C 10 D 11 D 12 A 13 B 14 C 15 D 16 B WRITE: 0.4 p for each correct sentences

Sentence

Key

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

B B C B D C A C B C D A C B C B

- Ask Sts to do the exercises in the exercise book. - Prepare for the next period. ---------------------- o0o ---------------------

Week: 26 UNIT 12 A VACATION ABROAD Preparation date:20/2/2019 Period: 74 Lesson 1 : Getting started + Listen and read Teaching date : 27/2/2019 I. OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson,Ss’ll be able to aware of how to make accept and decline invitations 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone. Love country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,… II. PREPARATION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.PROCEDURE Teacher’s and students’ activities Content 1.Warm up: I.Warm up: a. Guessing game: ( Getting started) a. Guessing game: ( Getting - Teacher shows the photocopied pictures to started) students, one by one, and ask Ss to guess Answer : 69

what country it is. A/ The USA - Ss give feedback B/ Australia - T corrects and introduces the name of the C/ Thai Lan countries. D/ Britain - Ss write the words on the board E/ Canada F/ Japan 2. Pre- reading : Introduce the topic of the passage reading and some new words -TM: Play game, practising -C: Capacity to use language … -Q: Self-made and confident A. Pre – teach Vocabulary : II. Vocabulary : - to include : bao gom , gom co - to include : bao gom , gom co , - to come over : to come to Someone s house - to come over : to come to to visit for a short time Someone,s house to visit for a short time :ghé thăm - to pick so up : to come and get so - to pick so up : to come and get so in your in your car to drive him / her to a car to drive him / her to a place place : đón,rước - abroad (adv ) = in a foreign country - abroad (adv ) = in a foreign country :đi nước ngoài -> to be / go / travel / live abroad -> to be / go / travel / live abroad * Checking Vocabulary : Rub out and remember B . True / False Prediction .III. True / False Prediction - Set the scene “ Mrs Quyen is going to the a. Mrs Quyen is calling Mrs Smith USA for a vacation . She is ringing her friend from the airport in San Francisco .F , Mrs Smith , to tell her about the trip . “ b. Mrs Smith invite Mrs Quyen and - Put the chart on the board and ask Ss to read her husband to stay with her while the statements they are in town . T a. Mrs Quyen is calling Mrs Smith from the c. Mrs Quyen does not accept Mrs airport in San Francisco . smith,s invitation because she b. Mrs Smith invite Mrs Quyen and her wants to stay with a Vietnamese husband to stay with her while they are in friend of hers . F town . d. Mrs Quyen and her husband will , c. Mrs Quyen does not accept Mrs smith s be in the USA for 3 days . T invitation because she wants to stay with a e. Mrs Quyen and her husband will Vietnamese friend of hers . come over to Mrs Smith,s place for d. Mrs Quyen and her husband will be in the dinner one night .F USA for 3 days . f. Mr Thanh ; Mrs Quyen,s husband e. Mrs Quyen and her husband will come , goes abroad for a business , over to Mrs Smith s place for dinner one night meeting .T . f. Mr Thanh ; Mrs Quyen,s husband , goes 70

abroad for a business meeting . - Ask Ss to work in pairs to decide if the statements are true or false . - Call on some Ss to read their predictions and write them on the board . 3. While – reading -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Self-made and be responsible for yourself and everyone. C. Checking predictions : - Have Ss open their books , listen to the tape while reading the dialogue . - Call on some Ss to correct the false statements . a. False -> Mrs Quyen is calling Mrs Smith from Ha Noi b. True c. False -> … because her accommodation is included in her tickets price . d. True e. False -> Only Mrs Quyen will come over to Mrs Smith ,s . f. True D. Grid : Complete Mrs Quyen ,s schedule - Ask Ss to read the dialogue again and work in pairs to complete the grid with the information taken from the dialogue . - Call on some Ss to go to the board to write the information in the grid on the board . Date Mon 25 / Tue 26 / Wed 27 / Thu 28 E. Comprehension Questions - Ask Ss to look at their books and answer the questions . - Let Ss compare their answers with their partner. - Call on some Ss to answer - Give feedback and correct Answer key : a) No , they won,t . Because they are coming on a tour , and their accommodation is included in the ticket price , so they will stay at the hotel . 71

IV.Read: a. False -> Mrs Quyen is calling Mrs Smith from Ha Noi b. True c. False -> … because her accommodation is included in her tickets price . d. True e. False -> Only Mrs Quyen will come over to Mrs Smith ,s . f. True

V.Grid: Schedule coming to San Francisco Going out Having dinner with the Smiths Leaving San Francisco VI.Comprehension Questions: Answer key : a) No , they won,t . Because they are coming on a tour , and their accommodation is included in the ticket price , so they will stay at the hotel . b) No , he won,t . Because he will have a business meeting in the evening that day . c) Mrs Smith will pick her up at her hotel

b) No , he won,t . Because he will have a business meeting in the evening that day . c) Mrs Smith will pick her up at her hotel . - Get Ss to copy . 4.Post – reading : Grammar Awareness - Tell Ss to read the dialogue again and pick out the statements indicating the following situations 1. Making an invitation 2. Accepting an invitation 3. Declining an invitation 4. Making a complaint - Call on Ss to give their answers and have Ss copy . 5.Production -Retell the lesson 1. Learn by heart new words and structures to give some more examples . 2. Do the exercises in the workbook 3. Prepare the next lesson Week: 26 Period:75

VII.Grammar Awareness: 1. Would you like to come and stay with us … ? .. you must come over for dinner one night . 2. Ye , we ,d love to but we will only be in town for three nights . 3. That is very kind of you but we are coming on a tour .. 4. Oh . dear . He is always working

UNIT 12 : A VACATION ABROAD Lesson 2 : Speak

Preparation date:22/2/2019 Teaching date :1/3/2019

I. OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to talk about their plans for a trip abroad . -know the way to talk about planning a tour and get acquainted with word relating to the topic 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone. Love country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,… II. PREPARATION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues 72

.2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.PROCEDURES: Teacher’s and students’ activities 1. Warm up _Network of places to visit .

Content I. Warm up _Network of places to visit .

Places to visit

Thai Land USA Canada Quiz - Tell the student who can answer the question will get 1 or 2 good marks . 1. What is the end of everything ? ( letter g ) 2. What word starts with T , ends with T , and is full of T ? ( Teapot ; Pot -> full of 3. What is the middle of New York City ? ( York ) 4. Which river in America has 4 eyes ? ( Mississippi ) 2. Pre – speaking: -TM: Play game, practising -C: Capacity to use language … -Q: Self-made and confident - T introduces some new words * Checking : slap the board

Thai Land

USA

Canada

II. Vocabulary: + itinerary ( n ) ( translation ):lộ trình + gallery ( n ) ( situation ):phòng trưng bầy + flight ( n ) = a journey made by plane:chuyến bay + via = through a place: qua + facilities ( transaltion ):cơ sở vật chất + brochure ( realia ):tờ rơi + gym :nhà tập thể dục + rate per night :giá phòng qua đêm + single/ double :đơn/đôi .III.Matching - Show the photocopied tables on the 73

fight of the board randomly and ask students to match them with the right titles on the left - Write the titles 1. Itinerary 2. Flight information 3. Hotel advertisements 4. travel brochure 3.While - speaking: -TM: Practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Self-made and be responsible for yourself and everyone. Model the dialogue: IV.Speak: -How many flights a week? Depart Los Flight 942 at 14.00 on Angeles: Sunday Arrive Boston: At 20.00 -Can you take from Los Angeles to Accommodatio Atlantic Hotel n: Boston? Sightseeing: Paul Revere’s House, Boston University -Which flight do you take everyday of Depart Boston: Flight 710 at 10.00 on the week? Thursday, 22 -Which of hotel is cheaper? Suggested dialogue: -How much is a double room in Nam When will we leave Los Angeles? Revere Hotel? : -How about Atlantic Hotel? Bac: We’ll leave Los Angeles at 14.00 on -Where can you visit? Sunday. Model sentences: Nam Which flight? • Where shall we stay? : -> The Revere Hotel is very expensive Bac: Flight 942. Nam What time will we arrive in Boston? but it has a gym • Where should we visit? : -> I think we should visit Harvard Bac: At 20.00. Medical school and Art Gallery. Nam Where will we stay? • What time should we leave Los : Angeles? Bac: The Atlantic Hotel is not very expensive. -> There is a daily flight at ten am. Would Nam OK. Which places should we visit? that be O.K? : Bac: Paul Revere’s House and Boston * Mapped dialogue * Set the scene : These people are making University. plan for their trip from Los Angeles to Nam When will we leave Boston? Boston. Let’s do it with them : Bac: We will leave Boston at 10.00 on - Put the mapped dialogue chart on the 74

Thursday, 22.

*.Matching - Show the photocopied tables on the fight of the board randomly and ask students to match them with the right titles on the left - Write the titles -Call on some students to match the tables with the titles -Leave the tables on the board and ask students to look at them - Go through the tables , asking Ss questions for information about the flights , accommodation , and tourist places - T calls Ss to practice the model - T asks Ss to work in pairs - T calls some pairs to check - T gives comment. 4. Post - speaking: - T asks Ss to practice with a situation Make a plan for their summer holiday by filling the information in their itinerary. -Departure: (Hue ). . . . . - Arrive: ( Ho Chi Minh city). . . . . . . - Accommodation: ( hotel ). . . . . . - T calls some Ss to check and gives marks 5.Production -Reread the postcards; - rewrite the exercises; - learn by heart the new words. -Prepare “Listen”

board - Elicit the exchanges from students - Have some pairs practice each exchange before going on to another exchange - After finishing the dialogue , ask a good pair to demonstrate the whole dialogue

-------------------------------o0o-----------------------------Kiểm tra ngày 25 tháng 2 năm 2019 ……………………………………………………. …………………………………………………… 75

…………………………………………………….. …………………………………………………….

Week: 27 Period:76

UNIT 12: A VACATION ABROAD Lesson 3 : Listen 76

Preparation date:25/2/2019

Teaching date : 4/3/2019 I. OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge After this period, students are able to listen to the weather reports get acquainted with some structures words used in the weather reports. 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Love country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,… II. PREPARATION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.PROCEDURES:

Teacher’s and students’ activities 1.Warm –up

I.Warm –up

Brainstorm :

hot

Content

wet

degree

hot

wet

degree

Words related to

the weather forecast

cool

the

weather

forecast

cool cloudy

humid

dry cloudy

humid

dry

2.Pre-listening: -TM: Play game, practising -C: Capacity to use language … -Q: Self-made and confident Pre-teach vocabulary:

II. Vocabulary:

- minus: âm

- degree Centigrade: độ bách phân

Rub out and remember 3.While-listening: -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone. Answer key: III.Listen:

Temperature City

Sydney

Weather dry, win y

Tokyo

dry,

Low

Tape transcript:

And here is today’s weather forecast for

the international traveler. 0

20 C

26 C

150C

220C

1.Let’s start with Sydney.It will be a dry day in Sydney today,and windy.For 78

the temperature,the low will be twenty

windy London

humid, cold

Bangkok

warm, dry

New

windy,

York

cloudy

Paris

cool, dry

-30C

70 C

24 C

32 C

80 C

150C

100C

160C

and high will be twenty six degrees. 2.Tokyo will be dry and windy,with a low of fifteen and a high of twenty two. 3.London is going to have a humid day.It will be very cold with a low of minus three and a high of seven 4.Bangkok will be warm and dry ,with a

- Put the gap - filling table on the board

low of twenty â€“four degrees centigrade

- Have students copy

and a high of thirty-two.

- Tell students they are going to listen to

5.New York is going to have a windy

the weather forecast about the cities in

day .It will be cloudy with a low of

the table and have to fill in the gaps with eight and a high of fifteen. the information they hear

6.In Paris it will be cool and dry

- Play the tape 2 or 3 times

todaylow will be ten degrees and the

- Tell Ss to work in pairs to compare

high will be sixteen.

their answers - Get Ss to give their answers and

- Get Ss to give their answers and

correct

City

weather low

high

City

weather

low

high

Sydney

dry ;

Sydney

dry ;

-3

windy

windy Tokyo

dry;

Tokyo

windy

windy London

humid;

-3

London

warm ;

Bangkok warm ;

dry

dry New york

windy ;

humid; cold

cold Bangkok

dry;

15 79

New

windy ;

york

cloudy

Paris

cloudy Paris

cool ;

dry

dry 4.Post-listening:

Role-play: Nam: What’s the weather like

Role-play: Nam: What’s the weather like Bac:

in Sydney?

Bac:

It will be dry and windy.

Nam: How about the

temperature? Bac:

It will be dry and windy.

The low will be 200C and the high will be 260C.

- Ask students to use the information in the table to write a weather forecast report IV/Homework:

5.Production -Ask and answer about the weather.

Rewrite the answers; learn by heart the

new words,Reread the postcards;

new words,Reread the postcards; - rewrite the exercises;learn by heart the new words.

new words.

- -Prepare “Read”

Week: 27 Period: 77

- rewrite the exercises;learn by heart the

-Prepare “Read”

UNIT 12: A VACATION ABROAD Lesson 4 : READ

I. OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge 80

Preparation date: 27/2/2019 Teaching date : 6/3/2019

- By the end of the lesson , Ss can obtain some knowledge about some scene sports in the USA . 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone. Love country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,… II. PREPARATION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.PROCEDURES: Teacher’s and students’ activities Content 1. Warm up : Pelmanism I.Warm up : Pelmanism - Using 11 cardboards numbered from 1 to Adjectives Nouns 11 on one side and the words on the other Humid Humidity side . Warm Warmth Windy Wind Adjectives Nouns Dry Dryness Humid Humidity Cloudy Cloud Warm Warmth Coolness Windy Wind Dry Dryness Cloudy Cloud Coolness 2. Pre-reading: -TM: Play game, practising -C: Capacity to use language … -Q: Self-made and confident - T asks: do you remember Mrs. Quyen? What plan did she have? - T introduces the lesson - T asks Ss to look at the pictures and guess which places she visited - T calls some Ss to give the answer Pre-teach vocabulary: II.Vocabulary: - T introduces some new words and their - (a) volcano: núi lửa meaning - lava (unc.): dung nham + lava + volcano + pour out 81

+ Fisherman’s wharf + Napa valley + carve + “The windy city” + on the shore of + State of Liberty + be situated + the Empire State Building - T calls some Ss to read the words

3.While-reading: -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone. A.Predict & Write what Mrs. Quyen did and saw ….. - T guides Ss to do the exercise - T asks Ss to read the post cards carefully - T asks Ss to do the exercise - T asks Ss to correct the answers with their friends - T calls some Ss to give the answer - T comments ♦Answer key: a. Hawaii -> went swimming, visited Kilauea Volcano. b. New York -> went shopping and bought lots of souvenirs. c. Chicago -> saw Lake Michigan. d. Mount Rushmore -> saw the heads of American Presidents carved into the rocks. e. San Francisco -> visited Fisherman’s Wharf, the Napa Valley wine growing 82

- (to) pour out: tuôn trào - (to) carve: chạm, khắc - (to) be situated: tọa lạc - overheat (adv.): trên đầu Place What she did and saw a) Hawaii went swimming, visited Kilauea volcano b) New went shopping, bought York lots of souvenirs c) saw lake Michigan Chicago d) Mount saw the heads of four Rushmore American presidents e) San visited fisherman’s Francisco wharf, the Napa valley, wine-growing area, and the Alcatraz prison

♦Answer key: a. Hawaii -> went swimming, visited Kilauea Volcano. b. New York -> went shopping and bought lots of souvenirs. c.Chicago -> saw Lake Michigan. d.Mount Rushmore -> saw the heads of American Presidents carved into the rocks. e.San Francisco -> visited

area and the Alcatraz prison. B.Read P 116+117 C. Answer the questions.P 118 - T asks Ss to read the postcards again to answer the questions - T calls some pairs to give the answer. - T comments and gives the correction ♦Answer key: a. She went there by plane. b. She saw the famous prison on the island of Alcatraz. c. On Mount Rushmore ,there are the heads of American Presidents carved into the rocks. d. It’s “ The Windy City” e. She was shopping while her husband was visiting the Statue of Liberty. 4.Post-reading: * Lucky numbers - Write the numbers on the board ( from 1 to 10 ) - Tell students each number is for a question but 4 of them are lucky numbers . For a lucky number , Ss will get 2 points - Ask students to answer * Questions 1. Where did Mrs Quyen and her husband spend their holiday? 2. Lucky number 3. What did they see on Mount Rushmore? 4. Who did they visit when they were in USA? 5. Lucky number 6. What did Mrs Quyen do while her husband was visiting the Statue of Liberty? 7. Lucky number 8. What did Mrs Quyen buy? 9. What did she send to her children from the USA? 10. Lucky number - T calls some Ss to work in groups

Fisherman’s Wharf, the Napa Valley wine growing area and the Alcatraz prison. III.ReadP116+117

IV.Answer key:p.118 (a) She went there by plane. (b) She saw it on the island of Alcatraz. (c) It’s a mount where the heads of four American presidents are carved into the rock. (d) It is also called “The Windy City”. (e) She went shopping. V.* Lucky numbers: * Questions 1. Where did Mrs Quyen and her husband spend their holiday? 2. Lucky number 3. What did they see on Mount Rushmore? 4. Who did they visit when they were in USA? 5. Lucky number 6. What did Mrs Quyen do while her husband was visiting the Statue of Liberty? 7. Lucky number 8. What did Mrs Quyen buy? 9. What did she send to her children from the USA? 10. Lucky number Answer key: 1. - In the USA 2. Lucky number 3. - The heads of 4 American presidents carved into the rock 4. - The Smiths

5. Lucky number 6. - She went shopping 7. Lucky number 8. - Lots of souvenirs 9. - Postcards 10. Lucky number! 5.Production -Retell the dialogue. -Reread the postcards; - rewrite the exercises; - learn by heart the new words. -Prepare “Write” Week: 27 Period: 78

VI.Homework: -Reread the postcards; - rewrite the exercises; - learn by heart the new words. -Prepare “Write

UNIT 12: A VACATION ABROAD Lesson 5: WRITE

Preparation date: 1/3/2019 Teaching date : 8/3/2019

I. OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge - By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to write postcards to their friends about their trip 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone. Love country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,… II. PREPARATION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.PROCEDURES: Teacher’s and students’ activities Content 1.Warm-up: I.Warm-up Pelmanism Pelmanism buy heav visit she frien buy heav visit she frien y d y d friendl boug heavine visite her friendl boug heavine visite her y ht ss d y ht ss d 84

2.Pre-writing: -TM: Discussion group, technical presentâ€Ś. -C: Co-operation -Q: Self-made and be responsible for yourself and everyone. A. Complete the postcard Mrs. Quyen sent from the USA.P118 - Set the scene : from the USA , Mrs Quyen sent a postcard to her friend Sally to tell her about the trip - Ask students to look at the posrcard on page 118 and complete the gaps with the appropriate words - Call on some SSs to go to the board and write the words they guess - Give feedback and correct * Answer key 1. in 2. people 3. weather 4. visited 5. her 6.nice / lovely 7. bought 8. for 9. heaviness 10. soon

B* Grid: - Write the topic on the board * information needed to write a postcard - Ask Ss to look at part 2 - Go through the instructions by asking questions eg : What do you write about the place ? (name of places ) - What do you write about the weather ? ( the weather is warm or cold or ..) - Draw the grid on the board - Let students copy the grid - Ask Ss to read the postcard ( write 1 ) again and fill in the gaps with the sentences showing the information on the left

II. Complete the postcard Mrs. Quyen sent from the USA.P118

(1) in, (2) people, (3) weather , (4) visited , (5) her, (6) nice /lovely, (7) bought , (8) for, (9) heaviness, (10) soon III Grid: * Answer key Necessary information for a postcard place how you feel about the people weather who you meet / visit what you see what you buy

weâ€™re having a wonderful time in the USA the people are friendly the weather has been warm and sunny in San Fransico , I visited my friend , Sandra Smith no information I bought a lot of souvenirs

- Call on some students to go to the board and writw eir answers in the grid - Give feedback and correct 3.While-writing: -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical presentâ€Ś. -C: Co-operation, communication,â€Ś -Q: Self-made and be responsible for yourself and everyone. Imagine you are a tourist on vacation in a certain place/trip in Vietnam. Write a postcard to a friend - T explains way to write a postcard by asking Ss to pay attention to the information in exercise 2 *- T asks Ss to write a postcard -Place:name of the place you visit -How you feel about the people:friendly,hospitable,helpful,ect. -What the weather is like:warm,cold,windy,sunny,ect. -Who you meet/see:old friends,teachers,neighbors,relatives,ect. -What you see:museums,libraries,parks,zoos,ect. -What you buy: souvenirs,books,photos,postcards,ect. - T calls some Ss to read their postcard - T comments 4.Post-writing:* Exhibition - Call on some students to the front of the class and ask them to read their postcards to the whole class Write the postcard again Correct errors in the postcard

IV.Write:

Exhibition Suggested letter: Dear Nga, I am having a wonderful time in Hue. The people are very friendly and hospitable but the weather is rather cold and humid. In Hue, I visited my uncles and aunts. I met all my cousins and we all were happy to see each other. My cousin Nam showed me every interesting place in Hue such as: Trang Tien Bridge, Ngo Mon Gate, Mausoleums of Nguyen Dynasty, Thien Mu Pagoda, etc. It was very exciting. I bought lots of souvenirs and photos for

Dear Nam, We’re having a well time on CatBa Island. The people are very friendship and helpful. The weather has been sunny and wind. In CatBa town, I visit my aunt, Mrs. Lien and his children. I spend the whole morning to play with them. I bought lot of souvenirs and two bottle fish sauce. Shopping here are wonderful. There are a lots things to buying. See you soon. 5.Production -Retell the lesson. - English Workbook 8: 7 (page 75) - Prepare: Language Focus

my family and friends. See you soon. Yours truly, Hoa V. Correct errors in the postcard And Write the postcard again: Dear Nam, We’re having a good time in Cat Ba Island. The people are very friendship and helpful. The weather is sunny and wind. In CatBa town, I visit my aunt, Mrs. Lien and his children. I spend the whole morning playing with them. I will buy lot of souvenirs and two bottle fish sauce. Shopping here is wonderful. There are- lots things to buy. See you soon. VI.Homework: - English Workbook 8: 7 (page 75) - Prepare: Language Focus

Kiểm tra ngày 4 tháng 3 năm 2019 …………………………………………………….

Week: 28 Period:79

Unit 12 :A VACATION ABROAD Lesson 6 : Language focus

Preparation date: 4/3/2019 Teaching date : 11/3/2019

I. OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to Practice in using Past progressive with While,When and progressive tenses with “always” to complain. 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone. Love country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,… II. PREPARATION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.PROCEDURES:

Teacher’s and students’ activities 1. Warm up: Chatting - ask ss answer the questions

Content I. Warm up:Chatting - ask ss answer the questions - How are you? - What time do you get up? - What time do you go to school?

2.Presentation 88

-TM: Discussion group, technical present…. -C: Capacity to use language …… -Q: Self-made and be responsible for yourself and everyone. A.Model sentences 1. Ba was taking a shower at 8 o'clock last night 2. They were talking to each other at that time * Form: S + Was/ were + V-ing… Use: To indicate an action that was in progress at a point of time in the past

II.Model sentences 1. Ba was taking a shower at 8 o'clock last night 2. They were talking to each other at that time * Form: S + Was/ were + V-ing… Use: To indicate an action that was in progress at a point of time in the past

B.Model sentences The Le family was sleeping when the mailman came The phone rang while Nga was eating Form: Main clause + Adv clause * Past progressive when Past simple * Past simple while Past progressive

2.Model sentences The Le family was sleeping when the mailman came The phone rang while Nga was eating Form: Main clause + Adv clause * Past progressive when Past simple * Past simple while Past progressive

C.Model sentence : 3.Model sentence : Bao is always forgetting his Bao is always forgetting his homework homework be adv V-ing… be adv V-ing… * Form: * Form: S + to be + adv( always) + V_ing … S + to be + adv( always) + V_ing … The present progressive tense with “always” The progressive tenses are used with always to express a habitual action( usually bad habit as a complaint) 3.Practice: III.Practice -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone. A.Language focus 1 P.119 1.Language focus 1 P.119 Picture Drill: Picture Drill: 1. Hoa/have dinner 1. Hoa was having dinner. 89

2. Baowas reading a comic. 3. Nga is writing a letter. 4. Na was walking with her dog 5.Lan and her gradma were talking to each other. B.Language focus 2 P.119->Key : 2.Language focus 2 P.119 - Put the photocopied pictures on the -> Key : board in the order of the word cues. - Model the first sentences and have Ss a-C b-F c-E repeat. d-B e-D f-A EX:The Le family was sleeping when the mailman came. - Ask Ss to work through the rest of the cues. Picture a- The Le family /sleep b- Hoa /eating c- Nam /win the race. d- Mrs Thoa /cook e- Lan /arrive home f- It /rain - Move around the class and help - Call some pairs to present . - Give mark and remark. a-C b-F c-E d-B e-D f-A 2. Bao/ read a comic 3. Nga/ write a letter 4. Na/ walk with her dog 5.Lan and her gradma/ talk to each other

4.Futher practice C.Ss do language focus 3 P.120 - Ask Ss to look at the picture - Model the first sentence and have Ss repeat. - Ask Ss to work through the rest of the picture cues. - Call on some Ss to go to the BB and write the sentences. - Work in pairs to write the whole sentences. - Correct. - Complete all the exercises in the notebook - Prepare well for the next period. 5.Production - Retell the main points of this lesson. - Redo all exercises - Learn by heart vocab and model 90

3.Language focus 3 P.120 -> Key : b. Mrs Nga is always losing her umbrella c. Mr and Mrs Thanh are always missing the bus d. Nam is always watching T.V late f. Na is always talking on the phone g. Liem is always going out

V.Homework: - Redo all exercises - Learn by heart vocab and model sentences of unit 12.

sentences of unit 12. - Prepare for next lesson. - Prepare for next lesson ------------------------------------------------------Week:28 Period:80

Preparing date: 6/3/19 Teaching date:13/3/19 FEEDBACK ON TEST 45’ + test 15’No 4

I./. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: After getting back the test papers, students will be able to evaluate their knowledge and have a plan for the next time 2. Skills: To correct Ss’ errors if necessary 3. Attitude: - To give Ss the motivation to learn hard for their exam - Students know how to learn English in right way. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone. Love country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,… II./.PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: test 45’ 2.Students: notebooks III./.PROCEDURE: 1.Test 15’ Read the passage write true ( T) or false ( F) London is Britain/s biggest city. It is a very old city and dates back to the Romans. It is a city of historic buildings and churches, and it has many beautiful parks. It also has some of the best museums in the world. London is very crowded in summer. It is a popular city with foreign tourists and has more than eight million visitors a year. The city is famous for its shopping and department stores. London has an excellent underground railway system, so it is easy for tourists to get around. ………..1. None of the cities in Britain is bigger than London. ………..2. London has historic buildings and churches. ………..3. The underground railway system in London isn’t very excellent. ………..4. Most of the best museums in the world are situated in London. ............. 5.. There are over eight million tourists visit London every year.…… ----------THE END--------KEY: Sentence 1 2

Key T T

Sentence 6 7 91

Key

3 4 5

F F T

8 9 10

2- Teacher's idea * Priority: - Ss do the part " choose the best answer " and writing well. - Ss try their best to get good marks. - Ss know how to do the test, present well, true request. - Ss understand vocabularies, language focus. *Defect: - Some Ss have many mistakes about using vocabularies. - Some Ss have many mistakes about writing sentences, using structure. - Some Ss have many mistakes about showing. - Some Ss copy other exams 3- Pay the test paper back to ss - Ss look at the tests and do the tests again by themselves. - Ss find their mistakes by themselves. - Ss share and compare with a partners. -T asks Ss to work in pairs +S1 corrects mistakes of S2's test + S2 corrects mistakes of S1's test - T calls - Ss answer one by one 4- T gives ss the answer key -T: Gives the aims of the exercise from the test. -Ss: Listen -T: Asks Ss to give the answers they did. -Ss: Give the answers they did or write on board -T: Gives the correct answers. -Ss: Listen and correct the mistakes -T: Explains some knowledge and the answers Key: 0,25 p for each correct sentences Sentence

Key

Sentence

Key

1 2 3 4 5 6

T T T F B C

17 18 19 20 21 22

B B C B D C

7 A 8 B 9 C 10 D 11 D 12 A 13 B 14 C 15 D 16 B WRITE: 0.4 p for each correct sentences

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

A C B C D A C B C B

33. The plan of recycling will be changed by the committee 34. The man sitting next to me was very nervous. 35. Would you mind if I asked you a question? 36. It is not difficult to study Viet Namese 37.Would you mind making some tea? (Tape: Unit 11 –Listen and read) - Spend time with students to ask questions about their tests, their points. - T asks Ss write key in notebook and correct their mistakes by themselves. 5-Production: - Redo the test in the notebook - Prepare new lesson ----------------------@0@------------------Week: 28 Unit 13 : Festival Preparation date: 8/3/2019 Period: Lesson 1 : Getting started + Listen and read Teaching date : 15/3/2019 81 I. OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to talk about the rice cooking festival ,understand the rice cooking festival in VN. Presenting vocab 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone. Love country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,… 93

II. PREPARATION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.PROCEDURES: Teacher’s and students’ activities Content 1. Warm up : Getting started ( Chatting ) I. Warm up : Getting started ( - Write the names on the board : Tom , Chatting ) David , Hucklebery , Oliver , Robinson he should go to Ha Long or Nha - Tell Ss these people are going to to go on Trang their visits to Viet Nam and they need he should go to the capital Hue advice on where to go . he should go to Sa Pa - Introdice the names , one by one he should go to Bat Trang 1. Tom likes swimming and sunbathing he should go to Ho Chi Minh Where should he go ? …. Why …? 2. David is interested in ancient cities ? 3. Hucklebery likes mountain – climbing ? 4. Oliver is keen on pottery ? 5. Robinson is fond of crowed places ? 2.Pre Reading: -TM: Play game, practising -C: Capacity to use language …… -Q: Self-made and confident Pre-teach vocabulary: II.Vocabulary: - (to) fetch: đi lấy, mang về - (to) yell: hét to, la to - (to) urge: thúc giục - (to) rub: cọ xát - (to) tham gia participate: - (to) award: tặng thưởng -judges: giám khảo * What and where. * Listen and read : P.121 Pre- questions 1.How many competitions in the ricecooking festival? 2. Do all team members go to the river to fetch water? Open-prediction: Ba invites his friends, Liz, to a traditional festival in the north of Viet Nam. Do you know what kind of festival it is? - A rice-cooking festival. 94

Rice-cooking festival Water fetching Fire making Ricecooking To fetch water To make fire To cook rice 3.While Reading: -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical presentâ€Ś. -C: Co-operation, communication,â€Ś -Q: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone. A.Read: B.True / False Statements: a.Two team members take part in the waterfetching contest. b.One person has to collect four water bottles. c.The fire is made without matches or lighters d. Pieces of wood are used to make fire. e. In the final contest, the team members taste the rice. Structure:

4.Post Reading: - Retell the main points of this lesson. * Talk about the rice cooking festival: - Three competions - The way to fetch the water to cook rice - The way to make fire - The rice cooking contest

III.Read IV.True / False Statements: Answer key: a-F b-F c-T d-F e-F f-T Correction: a.One person from each team takes part in the water-fetching contest. b.One person has to collect one water bottle. (d) Pieces of bamboo are used to make fire. (e) In the final contest, the judges taste the rice. Structure: Form: compound noun gerund noun rice cooking rice-cooking water fetching waterfetching fire making fire-making Use: to express an action of doing something. V.- Retell the main points of this lesson. There are three competitions in the rice-cooking festival. They are: waterfetching, fire-making and rice-cooking.

- The way to decide the winner of the -Retell the lesson contest VI.Homework: -Learn new words by heart. 5.Production -Retell the lesson -Do English workbook 8: 3 (page 78), -Learn new words by heart. 5 (page 80) -Do English workbook 8: 3 (page 78), 5 .-Prepare “Speak+Listen” (page 80) .-Prepare “Speak+Listen” -------------------------------o0o-----------------------------Kiểm tra ngày11 tháng 3 năm 2019 ……………………………………………………. …………………………………………………… …………………………………………………….. …………………………………………………….

Week: 29 Unit 13 : Festivals Preparation date: Period: Lesson 2 : Speak + Listen 11/3/2019 82 Teaching date : 18/3/2019 I. OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to make up a dialogue and talk about preparations for another festival .(Giving Ss practice in talking about preparations for some festivals in VN). Then listen to the conversation and fill in the gaps.Develop Ss’ speaking and listening skills. 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone. Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,… II. PREPARATION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues 96

.2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.PROCEDURES: Teacher’s and students’ activities Content 1.Warm-up: Brainstorming: I.Warm-up: Brainstorming: Things we often prepare for Tet. Things we often prepare for Tet. decorate the room/ yard buy decorate the room/ yard buy cakes cakes Tet

Tet

Paint the house Paint the house dress

buy new dress

buy new

Send New Year cards to friends - buy new clothes / new dress -decorate/ clean/ paint the house/ the room - buy cakes, candies, drink, food, fruits - Cook special meals/ make cakes A.Speaking 2.Pre-speaking: -TM: Play game, practising -C: Capacity to use language …… -Q: Self-made and confident .Pre-teach vocabulary:

* Checking up: Rubout and remember 2. Ordering : (Speak P.123) A F B G C H D J E J 3.While-speaking: -TM: Practising, discussion group, technical present….

Send New Year cards to friends - buy new clothes / new dress -decorate/ clean/ paint the house/ the room - buy cakes, candies, drink, food, fruits - Cook special meals/ make cakes

II. vocabulary - (a) pomegranate: -(a) tailor: - Peach blossoms (n) - Dried water lemon seeds(n) -Marigolds (n) : - Sticky rice balls : -Spring rolls : III.Ordering sentences: Answer key: A-F-C-H-D-J-B-G-E-I

trái lựu -tiệm may -hoa đào - H¹t da - Cóc v¹n thä - b¸nh tr«i - B¸nh tÕt, chả,gio

-C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone. Speaking :* Make mini dialogue Task 1: Decide who is going to do Complete the notes : which Things to do S1. We are having a class festival next Go to the flower market to buy Peach Mr week. I'm going to buy asome flowers blossoms and a bunch of marigolds Robinson S2: I'm going to decorate the room Mrs Go to Mrs Nga's to learn how to with…… make spring rolls Robinson S3:Great, I'm going to…………. Go to the market to buy candies and a Liz packet of dried watermelon seeds Task 2: A day before the class festival S1: Have you bought flowers S2: Ye, I bought them yesterday. What about decorating the room S3: 4.Post-speaking: Students make up their own dialogues, talking about preparations for another festival. The list below will help: - a village festival -a school festival - a spring festival -a harvest festival - a flower festival Pre-listening:Gap-fill prediction: While - listening : - Play the tape 3 times - Ask Ss to listen and fill in the gaps . - Call on some Ss to give their answers and check is they are right or not . - Play the tape again and correct .

IV .Speaking: Students make up their own dialogues, talking about preparations for another festival. The list below will help: - a village festival - a school festival - a spring festival - a harvest festival - a flower festival V. Listening Answer key a. Mr Robinson/ flower market b. traditional c. dried watermelon seeds d. make

Post - listening : - Ask ss to copy the grid in their notebooks and fill in the gaps with the information taken from the statements above . - Call on some Ss to give their answers 5.Production: -Retell the lesson 98

- rewrite the exercises; - learn by heart the new words. -Prepare “Read”

Week: 29 Unit 13 : Festivals Preparation date:13/3/2019 Period: Lesson 3 : Read Teaching date : 20/3/2019 83 I. OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson,Ss will be able to know about Christmas,form the passive in the Present Simple .Develop Ss’ speaking and reading skills. 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone. Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,… II. PREPARATION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.PROCEDURES: Teacher’s and students’ activities Content 1.Warm-up: Hangman: I.Warm-up: Hangman: This is an important festival on December This is an important festival on 25 in many countries in the world. December 25 in many countries in the world. C H R I S T M A S C H R I S T M A S 2.Pre-reading: -TM: Play game, practising -C: Capacity to use language -Q: Self-made and confident A.Pre-teach vocabulary:

II.Vocabulary: - (to) spread: 99

lan tỏa, lan rộng

- (a) carol: bài thánh ca - (a) patron thánh bảo hộ saint: - jolly (adj.): vui vẻ,vui tính - (to) decorate: trang trí -design (v) Thiết kế - perform (v) performance (n) biểu diễn,buổi biểu diễn - a Carol (n) bài hát giáng sinh

- spread (v) (spread -spread) - design (v) - perform (v) performance (n) - The patron saint (n) - a Carol (n) - Jolly (adj) = happy and cheerful (adj) *Rub Out and Remember B.Matching: a) The Christmas Tree b) The Christmas Card c) Christmas Carols d) Santa Claus

III.Matching: e) The Christmas Tree f) The Christmas Card g) Christmas Carols h) Santa Claus

2) 1)

2) 1) 4)

4) 3)

Answer key: a-4 b-1 c-2 d-3 3.While-reading: -TM: Practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q:Be responsible for yourself and everyone. Love family, friends and country A* Read : P.124-125 B* True/ Fasle statements : 1. Christmas is an important festival in every country in the world 2. The custom of decorating a tree first appeared in Europe 3. The leaders of the church were unhappy with Christmas carols when they were first ferformed 4. Sending Christmas cards was an 100

IV. * True/ Fasle statements : -> Key : 1. F (not every but many countries in the world) 2. T 3. T 4. F (an Englishman's)

American's idea -> Key : 1. F (not every but many countries in the world) 2. T 3. T 4. F (an Englishman's) V.Complete the table: C.Complete the table: Christmas Place Date (Read 2 P.126) Specials of origin Christmas Place of Date The specials origin Christmas Riga early 1500s The Christmas Riga early 1500s Tree tree The mid-19th The Christmas England mid 19th Christmas England century Card card century Christmas carol no 800 years ago The no 800 years informati Christmas informatio ago on Carols n Santa Claus USA 1823 Santa Claus USA 1823 VI.Answer the questions: D* Comprehension questions: (Read 2 Answer key: P.126) (a) More than a century ago. (b) He wanted to send Christmas ->Key : a. More than a century ago greetings to his friends. b. He wanted to send Christmas greetings (c) 800 years ago. to his friends (d) An American professor Clement c. 800 years ago Clarke Moore. d. An American professor named Clement (e) On the description of Saint Clarke Moore Nicholas in Professor Moore’s e. On the description of Sain Nicholas in poem. frofessor Moore's poem VII.Retelling the Christmas 4.Post-reading: Specials Eg: On Christmas people often * Reporting : Eg: On Christmas people often decorate a decorate a tree and they send cards to tree and they send cards to relatives and relatives and friends… friends… - Retell the main points of this lesson. VIII.Homework: 5.Production - Learn new words by heart. -Retell the lesson. - English workbook 8: 2 (page 77) - Learn new words by heart. Prepare: - English workbook 8: 2 (page 77) - Prepare: Write Week: 29

Unit 13 : Festival 101

Preparation date:15/3/2019

Period: Lesson 4 : Write Teaching date : 22/3/2019 84 I. OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to Complete a report about the rice – cooking festival.Writing a report about a festival they joined recently. Develop Ss’ speaking and Writing skills. 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone. Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,… II. PREPARATION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.PROCEDURES: Teacher’s and students’ activities Content 1.Warm up I.Warm up Memory game Memory game T shows the photocopied picture to Ss and ask them to observe it carefully -Let Ss look at the picture for about 20’’ then put it away -T asks Ss to listen to the questions -Ss answer -T puts the picture on the board again -Give feedback and correct 1/ How many people are there in the picture? What are they doing? 2/ Name all the things in the picture

1/ How many people are there in the picture? What are they doing? 2/ Name all the things in the picture *Answer key: 1/ They are participating in the ricecooking competition 2/ Rice, basket, pans, bamboo sticks, paper fans, chopsticks, a flag

2.Pre-writing: 102

-TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical presentâ€Ś. -C: Co-operation -Q: Self-made and confident -Write 9 numbers on the board from 1 to 9 -Tells Ss each number is for a question but 3 of them are lucky numbers -If Ss choose a lucky number, they donâ€™t have to answer any questions -T divides the class into 2 teams and holds the game Lucky numbers 1/ What do you call the festival where people have to cook rice? (The rice cooking festival) 2/ How many competitions are there in the rice-cooking festival? What are they? ( 3/ water-fetching, fire-making and rice-cooking) 3/ Lucky number 4/ What do people use to fetch water? (bottles) 5/ Lucky number 6/ Do they use pieces of wood to make fire? (No, pieces of bamboo) 7/ What do people have to do before they cook the rice? (separate the rice from the husk) 8/ Lucky number 9/ How many people are there altogether in a team taking part in the rice-cooking festival? (9, one for water-fetching, two for firemaking and six for rice-cooking) * Gap fill (write 1) 1. rice-cooking 3. water-fetching 5. water traditional 7. bamboo 9. separate

III.Gap fill: Answer key:

2. one/a 4. run 6. 8. six 10. added

II.Lucky number: 1/ What do you call the festival where people have to cook rice? (The rice cooking festival) 2/ How many competitions are there in the rice-cooking festival? What are they? ( 3/ water-fetching, fire-making and ricecooking) 3/ Lucky number 4/ What do people use to fetch water? (bottles) 5/ Lucky number 6/ Do they use pieces of wood to make fire? (No, pieces of bamboo) 7/ What do people have to do before they cook the rice? (separate the rice from the husk) 8/ Lucky number 9/ How many people are there altogether in a team taking part in the rice-cooking festival? (9, one for water-fetching, two for firemaking and six for rice-cooking)

(1) rice-cooking

(6) traditional

(2) one/a

(7) bamboo

(3) water-

(8) six

103

fetching

3.While-writing: -TM: Practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Be responsible for yourself and everyone. Love family, friends and country 1. Understanding questions : (The answers to the questions below can help you) 1. What does this report show? 2. Where was it held ? 3. How many competitions were there ? 4. What do each team do in each contest 5. How was the festival ? 1. Name of the festival 2. Where was it held ? 3. How long did it last ? 4. Activities, competitions ? 5. How were the ativities organized ? 6. How many people took part in each activity ? 7. What did you think about the festival ? *Read The Rice-cooking Festival again P 127 4.Post-writing: * Write : Write the similar report on a festival you joined recently. -T asks Ss to write a similar report on a festival they’ve joined recently -Ss look at the questions and practice speaking first by answering the questions from a g -T has Ss connect the sentences to make it a report -T monitors and helps Ss with their work -T calls on some Ss to read their

(4) run

(9) separate

(5) water

(10) added

IV.Write Exhibition This report shows how the school festival was held The festival was held in the schoolyard. There were two competitions: volleyball and jug of war In the volleyball game, the were six students in each team and each class had a 104

reports aloud

volleybal team. The played against each other and the 8C team had most points got the grand prize. There were ten students who took part in the jug of war Each class had a team and the 9B team won all the others got the first prize. The school festival was wonderful. it made all the students love their school and study better. -Retell the lesson. V/Homework

5.Production - Write your reports again -Retell the lesson. - Write your reports again - English workbook 8: 9 (page 83) - English workbook 8: 9 (page 83) Prepare: Language Focus Prepare: Language Focus -------------------------------o0o-----------------------------Kiểm tra ngày 18 tháng 3 năm 2019 ……………………………………………………. …………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………. Week:30 Preparing date: 18/3/19 Period:85 Teaching date:25/3/19 Unit 13 : Festivals- Language focus CREATIVE EXPERIENCE ACTIVITIES OUR TET HOLIDAY (Start the innovative experience) I./. Objectives 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson,Ss will be able to Practice in using Passive form:be +past participle By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know the characteristics, style and color of five-fruit-trays in three different regions. Students will be able to draw and make five-fruit-trays. 2. Skills:- Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing - Creative when expressing the product, deeply understand Vietnamese Tet holiday. 3. Attitude: - Love their home, family and country - Love beauty and know how to preserve their products 105

- Interested in learning and attending. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, … - Specilized capacity: develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Love their home, family and country II./.PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: English 6 laptop, projector, test 45’ 2.Students: A0, A4 white papers, hard-edged, color papers, pencils, glues, scissors III./.Procedure Teacher’s and students’ activities Content 1.Presentation: -TM: Discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Love family, friends and country I.Vocabulary: - (to) jumble: làm lộn xộn, rối tung - (to) scatter: rải - (a) jar: lọ, hũ A. Passive form: II. Passive form: Be + Past participle Be + Past participle Matching: Matching: Tenses Form Tenses 1.Present a. Was/were + V.pp 1) Present Simple simple b. Have/has been + V.pp 2) Past Simple 2. Past simple c. Is/are/am + V.pp 3. Future d. will/shall be + V.pp 3) Future Simple simple 4) Present 4.Present Perfect perfect Answer key: Answer key: 1-c 2-a 3-d 4-b 1-c 2-a 3-d 4-b

Forms a) was/were + V3 b) have/has + been + V3 c) is/am/are + V3 d) will + be + V3

B.Reported speech: * Reported speech : III Reported speech: Model sentences : He said "I'm a plumber" ->direct The man: “I am a plumber.” speech He said he was a plumber. He said he was a plumber -> reported speech. The man: “I am a plumber.” He said he was a plumber. Notes: changes in reported speech 106

* Tenses: Direct Indirect Present Simple Past Simple will would must had to can could * Pronouns: depend on the subject of the reported clause *Adverbs of place and time: Direct Indirect this that these those now then here there today that day tomorrow the next day yesterday the day before ago before C. Compound nouns : A rice cooking festival (article)(noun) (V-ing) (noun) - To form compound adjective: noun + Ving 2.Practice: -TM: Practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation -Q: Love family, friends and country 1* LF1: P.128* Gapfill : a. were performed b. was decorated/ put c. is made d. will be held e. was awarded f. was written

2* LF2: P.128-129 - To jumble : làm lộn xộn,lộn xộn 1. jumbled 2. broken 3. broken 4. scattered pulled

Notes: changes in reported speech * Tenses: Direct Indirect Present Simple Past Simple will would must had to can could * Pronouns: depend on the subject of the reported clause *Adverbs of place and time: Direct Indirect this that these those now then here there today that day tomorrow the next day yesterday the day before ago before IV. Compound nouns : A rice cooking festival (article)(noun) (V-ing) (noun) - To form compound adjective: noun + V-ing

VI.Practice: 1.Language Focus 1:p128 Gap fill:Answer key: a. were performed b. was decorated/ put c. is made d. will be held e. was awarded f. was written

5. 2.Language focus 2:p128-129 Gap fill:Answer key: 1. jumbled 2. broken 107

3* LF 3 : P.130 Answer key a. A fire-making contest b. A bull-fighting festival c. A car-making industry d. A flower-arranging contest e. A rice-exporting country f. A. clothes-washing machine 3.Further practice 4* LF 4 : P.130 : Transformation drill b. He said he could fix the faucets c. He said the pipes were broken d. He said new pipes were expensive e. He said Mrs Thu had to pay him then

4.Start the innovative experience Teacher and studentsâ€™ activities 4.1.Find information T-M: Work in group of 6-8 students. C: self-learning ability, communication capacity Q: Love their home, family and country - Guide Ss work in group to find information in textbooks - Guide Ss how to use their computer to search the information.

- Guide Ss to observe and remember color, shape, option of five-fruit-trays. - Guide Ss how to save files for later use.

3. broken 4. scattered pulled 3* Language focus 3 : P.130 Answer key a. A fire-making contest b. A bull-fighting festival c. A car-making industry d. A flower-arranging contest e. A rice-exporting country f. A. clothes-washing machine

4.Language focus 4:P130 Answer key: (b) He said he could fix the faucets. (c) He said the pipes were broken. (d) He said new pipes were very expensive. (e) He said she had to pay him then. Contents

-Each member in groups read Unit 13: Festivals to have background about the five-fruittray on Tet. - Find information from Internet through keyword: Vietnamese Tet holiday, the five-fruit-tray on Tet holiday, meaning of five-fruittrays, how to display five-fruittrays - Save contents into folder or write down.

4.2. Process the collected information T-M: Work in group of 6-8 students. C: Self-learning ability, communication capacity Q: Love their home, family and country 108

-Asks Ss to identify keywords in the mind map -Remind Ss of paying attention to support mind map

4.3. Develop ideas and design fivefruit-trays. T-M: Work in group of 6-8 students. C: self-learning ability, communication capacity Q: Love their home, family and country - Ss work in group to set up ideas about of fruits, stick them into five-fruit-trays -Suggest possible of fruits, stick them into five-fruit-trays and lay out on A0 paper.

- Each member presents specific findings. - Confirm selected information into mind map towards contents. + 5 popular fruits of different regions + Ways to arrange a five-fruittrays + Their cultural meanings in 3 regions.

- Set up ideas about five-fruittrays.

-Each people draw or make a kind of fruit - Arrange these fruits in five-fruittrays - Draw or paste more details if neccesary. - Remind Ss of writing down name of of - Write down name of fruits, stick fruits, stick them into five-fruit-trays. them into five-fruit-trays - Confirm the time to complete and contact between Ss and teacher(through email or phone) - Product requirement: express the Vietnamese culture, suitable of fruits, stick them into five-fruit-trays in terms of meaning, color, layout.

- Write up introduction to these five-fruit-trays in their meaning, emphasize typical features of each region in terms of culture and life.

5-Production: - Redo the exercises in the notebook - Prepare new lesson Week: 30 Unit 14 : Wonders of the world Preparation Period:86 Lesson 1 : Getting started + Listen and read date:20/3/2019 Teaching date : 27/3/2019 109

I. OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson,Ss will be able to seek information about a language game to complete a summary. 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Love country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around, self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone … II. PREPARATION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III. PROCEDURES: Teacher’s and students’ activities Content 1.Warm up: I.Warm up: *Getting started : Matching (pictures) *Getting started : Matching (pictures) A.The Pyramids A.The Pyramids B.Sydney Opera House B.Sydney Opera House C.Stonehenge C.Stonehenge 2.Pre-reading -TM: Play game, practising -C: Capacity to use language … -Q: Self-made and confident vocabulary: II. Vocabulary `bored (adj.): buồn chán * Presentation dialogue : (Listen and read – P.131-132) - famous (adj.): nổi tiếng - (a) clue: manh mối , gợi ý - Rule (n): luật chơi - wonder (n): ky quan - gold gate bridge: cầu cổng vàng * Ordering sentences : III.Ordering statements; How to play the guessing game? How to play a guessing game? 1. B asks questions to find out what it is 1. B asks questions to find out who or what it is. 2. A thinks of a famous person or place 2. A thinks of a famous person or a 3. B wins if he/she can guess the correct answer place. 4. A gives B a clue 3. B wins if she/he can guess the 110

5. B loses if he/she can't guess the correct answer 6. A only can answer "yes" or "no" ->Key: 2 - 4 - 1 - 6 - 3- 5

correct answer. 4. A gives B a clue. 5. B loses if she/he can’t guess the correct answer. 6. A can only answer ‘yes’ or ‘no’. Answer key: 2–4–1–6–3–5

3.While-reading: -TM: Practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Be responsible for yourself and everyone a.Read 1 p131+132: IV.Read:1 p 131+132 Sts to open their books and read the dialogue on page 131, 132 while listening to the tape * Sets the scene: " Nga , Nhi and Hoa are playing a language game called guessing game. How does this game work? Rearrange the statements in the right order of the game" - Puts the statements chart on the board. - Asks sts to read the statements and put them in the right order. - Calls on some pairs to go to the board and write their answers b* Gapfill : (Listen and read 2 P.132) V.Gap-fill: (Listen and read 2 P.132) Answer key: 1. game 2. place 1. game 5.America 3. clue 4. Vietnam 5. American 6. Gold 2. place 6. Golden 7. right 8. was 3. clue 7. right 4. Viet Nam 8. was 4.Post-reading: c.Matching: VI.Matching: Answer key: What Where 1 – C; 2 – A; 3 – B 1. The Statue A. San of Liberty Francisco 2. Golden Gate B. South Bridge Dakota 3. Mount C. New Rushmore York Answer key: 1 – C; 2 – A; 3 – B VII. Guessing game : 111

d* Guessing game : Teacher: It is a wonder and it is in Asia St:(guess) Teacher : yes/ no

Teacher: It is a wonder and it is in Asia St:(guess) Teacher : yes/ no *Grammar * Form: S + V + question word + to infinitive... *Use: Reduced form of an indirect question VIII. Homework: - Learn new structure. - EW 8: 6 p.87 - Prepare: Speak - Listen

5.Production -Retell the lesson. - Learn new structure. - EW 8: 6 p.87 - Prepare: Speak - Listen

Week: 30

UNIT 14: WONDERS OF THE WORLD Lesson 2 : SPEAK + LISTEN

Preparation date:22/3/2019 Teaching date : 29/4/2019

Period: 87 I. OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to get more information about some wonders of the world by practicing with his or her friends,get information in order to correct the mistakes 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Love country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around, confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone … II. PREPARATION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III. PROCEDURES: Teacher’s and students’ activities Content 112

1. Warm up : Who is the fastest ? - Inform the topic and time limit . + Write 10/15 famous world places within 3 minutes . - Deliver posters to Ss . - Tell ss to put their posters on the board . - Give feedback and correct .

A.SPEAK: 2.Pre-speaking: -TM: Play game, practising -C: Co-operation, Capacity to use language … -Q: Love country and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone a.Pre-teach: - T introduces the lesson and some voc - T asks Ss to read the advertisement to get the main ideas

b.Matching: Explanation Name 1. It’s in China, and can A. Phong Nha Cave be seen from the moon. 2. It’s in New York. B. Big Ben 3. It’s in South Central C. Great Wall Asia, 8848 meters high. 4. It’s in London. D. Mount Everest 5. It’s in Paris. E. Eiffel Tower 6. It’s in Quang Binh F. Empire State Province. Building - T introduces the lesson - T guides Ss to do exerciser 1

I. Warm up : Who is the fastest ? - Inform the topic and time limit . + Write 10/15 famous world places within 3 minutes . - Deliver posters to Ss . - Tell ss to put their posters on the board . - Give feedback and correct .

II.Vocabulary: - relaxing (adj.): thư giãn - crystal-clear (adj.): trong suốt như pha lê - coral (unc.): san hô - (to) snorkel: bơi lặn có sử dụng ống thở + jungle =rainforest:rừng nhiệt đới III.Matching: Explanation 1. It’s in China, and can be seen from the mo n. 2. It’s in New York. 3. It’s in South Central Asia, 8848 meters high. 4. It’s in London. 5. It’s in Paris. 6. It’s in Quang Binh Province. Answer key: 1 – C; 2 – F;

113

Name A. Phong Nha Cave B. Big Ben C. Great Wall D. MountEverest E. Eiffel Tower F. Empire State Building 3 – D;

c. Think of 10 famous places. ……... - T asks Ss to make question about ten places as example - T asks Ss to work in group to ask and answer 3.While-speaking: -TM: Practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone a. Talk about your classmates’ answers with your partner. - T introduces new structure: Indirect question with If/ whether Ex: T: Is Ha Long Bay in the Northern Viet Nam? -> Yes, it is. S: Is Big Ben in Paris? -> No. ( Hoa answers ) T: I asked Hoa if Ha Long Bay was in the Northern of Viet Nam. And she said . . . . . ♦Structuers • Form : S + asked + O + If / whether + S + V. • Usage : to report the yes/ no question. Present simple -> past simple. b*Speak - T asks Ss to report 10 questions which they have just set - T calls some Ss to check - T comments - T calls some Ss to give the answer - T comments and give the suggestions 1. Is Phong Nha cave in the Southern Viet Nam ?-. No 2. Is PETRONAS Twin Towers the tallest building in the world ?- Yes 3. Is the Great Barrrier Reef a World Heritade Site ?- No 4. Is the Great Wall in the China in the southern of the country ?- No 5. Is the Empire State Building USA in California ? No 114

4 – B;

5 – E;

6 – A.

V.Speak: 1. Talk about your classmates’ answers with your partner. - T introduces new structure: Indirect question with If/ whether Ex: T: Is Ha Long Bay in the Northern Viet Nam? -> Yes, it is. S: Is Big Ben in Paris? -> No. ( Hoa answers ) T: I asked Hoa if Ha Long Bay was in the Northern of Viet Nam. And she said . . . . . ♦Structuers • Form : S + asked + O + If / whether + S + V . • Usage : to report the yes/ no question. Present simple -> past simple. =>2.Speak:

1. I asked Nam if Phong Nha cave was in Southern VN and he said that it wasn’t. 2. I asked Hoa if PETRONAS Twin Towers was the tallest building in the world and she said it was. 3. I asked Tuan if the Great Barrrier Reefis a World Heritade

6. Is Hue Citadel in an ancient town ? No. 7. Is Ha Long Bay one of the world Wonders ? Yes. 8. Is Eiffel Tower in German ? No. 9. Is Big Ben in England ? Yes 4. Post - speaking: Pre – listening: While - listening: - T asks Ss to listen to the tape to correct the mistakes - T plays the tape once - T plays the tape (three times) - T asks Ss to compare the answers - T calls some Ss to read the mistakes and give the correction - T plays the tape again and gives the correction. Answer key: - southern far north - Inn Hotel - jungle rain-forest - 68243927 69243927

Site and he said that it wasn’t.

V.Listen: - Read the mistakes and give the correction Answer key: - southern far north - Inn Hotel - jungle rain-forest - 68243927 69243927 Tape transcript: Mr.Robinson:I think this place sounds all right. Post – Listening: - T reminds Ss the content of lesson Mrs.Robinson:You mean the one in - T asks Ss: How many people are there in the far north Queensland? dialogue? Mr.Robinson:Yes,it sounds perfect. What are they talking about? The Coconut Palm Hotel is right on the beach according to the advertisement.Imagine getting up in the morning and looking at the Pacific Ocean. Mrs.Robinson:It must be near a rainforest because the hotel offers guided tours. I hope there won’t be a lot of mosquitoes. Mr.Robinson:I don’t there will be because it’ll be dry when we go. Mrs.Robinson:The Great Barrier Reef Marine Park is a World Heritage Site,isn’t it? Mr.Ro binson: That’s right. Mrs.Robinson:Ok.Let ‘s find out how much it costs.What ‘s the 115

phone number? Mr.Robinson:077-6924- 3927 Mrs.Robinson:6924 3927. 5.Production -Retell the lesson VI. Homework: - Learn the structure by heart - Learn the structure by heart - learn by heart the new words. - learn by heart the new words. - rewrite the exercises; - rewrite the exercises; -Prepare “Read -Prepare “Read” -------------------------------o0o-----------------------------năm 2019 Kiểm tra ngày 25 tháng 3 ……………………………………………………. …………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………..

116

Week: UNIT 14:WONDERS OF THE WORLD Preparation 31 Lesson 3 : Read date:25/3/2019 Period: Teaching date : 1/4/2019 88 I. OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able toget more information about some wonders of the world by practicing with his or her friends,get some knowledge about the wonders of the world 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Love country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around, self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone … II. PREPARATION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III. PROCEDURES: Teacher’s and students’ activities Content 1.Warm up : Hangman I. Warm up -T draws dashes on the board, each dash Hangman is for a letter of the world (C ) (O) (R) (A) (L) -T has Ss guess the letters, one by one 1 -For every wrong guess, draw a line (from 2 1 to 8), Ss will lose the game if they guess wrong 8 times 3 5 6 4 7 8 Revision: Coral, crystal-clear, snorkel, relaxing 117

2.Pre- reading : -TM: Play game, practising -C: Capacity to use language … -Q: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone Introduce the topic of the passage reading and some new words to Ss a. Vocabulary : - to compile ( translation ) - to claim = to say something is true - to honor = to show respect - a god (male ) -> goddess ( female ) - religion (n) -> religious (adj ) - royal (adj ) ( situation ) => Have Ss copy in their notebooks . * Checking vocabulary : Slap the board 2. True - False predictions : - Put the chart on the board 1. An Egyptian man compiled a list of what he thought were the seven wonders of the world .F 2. The only surviving wonder is the Pyramid of Cheops in Egypt .T 3. Today , we can still see the Hanging Gardens of Babylon in present – day Irag .F 4. Angkor Wat was originally built to honor a Hindu God . T 5. The Great wall of china first was not in the list of the seven wonders of the world . T 6.In the early 15th century , the Khmer King chose Angkor Wat as the new capital . F - Ask Ss to work in groups to decide if the statements are true or false . - Collect and write their predictions on the board . 3. While - reading : -TM: Practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Love country and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone

II.Vocabulary: - to compile: - to claim: - to honor: - a god: - religious adj.): - royal (adj.):

biên soạn, tập hợp khẳng định, tuyên bố tôn thờ vị thần thuộc tôn giáo hoàng tộc, hoàng gia

III. True/False prediction: 1. False : A Greek man named Antipater did it . 2.T 3. False : The only surviving wonder is the pyramid of Cheops in Egypt . 4.T 5.T 6. False : In the early 15 th century , the Khmer King chose Phnom Penh as the new capital .

118

IV.Reading: 1.Read 2.True/False Statements: a) The Hanging Gardens of Babylon were in Iran. b) The Statue of Zeus was in Greece. c) The Pyramid of Cheops was in Cambodia. d) Angkor Wat was in China. + Answer Key: a) False b) True c) False d) False * Multiple Choice : Complete the 3.Multiple Choice : Complete the sentences : sentences - Ask Ss to choose the best answers to Answer Key complete the sentences . a) C - the Pyramid of Cheops - Put the answers chart on the board . b) A - Hindus - Read the statements aloud and make c) D - was part of a royal Khmer city a long hand gestures to show the missing words . time ago . - Have Ss choose A , B , C or D . d) B - chose Phnom Penh as the new - Correct and get Ss write the right capital answers in their notebooks . 4. Post- reading : Grid V.Complete the table below: - Draw the grid on the board and have Ss No. Wonder Country copy it . 1 The Hanging - Ask Ss to read the text again and fill in Gardens of Babylon the grid with the information taken from 2 Greece the text . 3 Angkor Wat - Call on some Ss to give their answers . 4 Egypt - Correct the mistakes , and write the 5 The Great Wall correct answers in their notebooks . 6 India Key: - Turn on the tape 2 times and ask Ss to read the text / 134 to check their predictions - Call on some Ss to correct the false statements .

Wonders of the world 1. Hanging gardens of Babylon 2…Statue of Zeus……… 3 Angkor Wat 4… the Pyramid of Cheops 5 The Great Wall 6…Taj Mahal… 5.Production -Retell the lesson. - Learn new words by heart

VI.Homework: - Learn new words by heart 119

Country 1.Irag … 2.Greece… 3.Cambodia… 4.Egypt 5. China…. 6. India

- English workbook 8: Exercise 1 (p. 84) - Prepare: Write (p.135 Week: 31 Period: 89

- English workbook 8: Exercise 1 (p. 84) - Prepare: Write (p.135)

UNIT 14: WONDERS OF THE WORLD Lesson 4 : Write

Preparation date:27/3/2019 Teaching date : 3/4/2019

I. OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson,Ss will be able to write a letter to a friend about a place they have visited 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Love country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around, confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone … II. PREPARATION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III. PROCEDURES: Teacher’s and students’ activities Content 1.Warm up : Guessing games I.Warm up : " Wonders of the world " Guessing games - Have Ss think of one of the wonders of " Wonders of the world " the world and write it on a piece of paper . - Have Ss think of one of the wonders of - Call on a student to the front of the class the world and write it on a piece of paper with his / her paper . . - Get the rest of the class ask him / her yes- - Call on a student to the front of the class no questions to guess the wonder . with his / her paper . - The student having the right guess will - Get the rest of the class ask him / her take the place of the last student . yes-no questions to guess the wonder . - The student having the right guess will take the place of the last student . 2. Pre- writing : Introduce the topic of writing and some new words to students . -TM: Play game, practising -C: Capacity to use language … 120

-Q: Confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone a. Pre – teach vocabulary : - a ranger = a person who takes care of a park - Edge = mep , ria - a canyon ( translation ) - Breathtaking (adj ) = very exciting , impressive - Temperate (adj) ( translation ) - Stone Age : thoi ki do da => Have Ss copy What and * Checking vocabulary : where b. Insertion : Complete the letter - Ask Ss to read the letter Tim sent to Hoa about his trip to the grand Canyon / 135 - Tell Ss to complete the letter by inserting the letters of the missing sentences ( A , B , C and D ) - Call on some Ss to read their completed letters in front of class. - Give feedback and correct 1. C 2. B 3. D 4. A 3. While - writing : -TM: Practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Love country and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone - Set the scene “ Imagine you have visited a place recently . write a letter to a friend of yours and tell him / her about this place . “ - Hang the board with the outline . - Ask Ss to write the letter in their notebooks - Monitor and help Ss if necessary . - Call on some Ss to read their letters in front of the class . - Collect some Ss, writings to correct common mistakes . - Give feedback and correct . - Have some Ss read the complete letter aloud . 121

II.Vocabulary: - a ranger: - an edge: - a canyon: - breathtaking: - temperate (adj.): - the Stone Age:

nhân viên kiểm lâm rìa, mép hẻm núi hấp dẫn, ngoạn mục khí hậu thời kỳ đồ đá

III. Complete the letter: Answer Key: 1 – C. 2 – B. 3 – D. 4 – A.

IV.Write: Write a letter to a friend. Tell her/him about a place you have visited recently. Dear Mai , I am writing this letter to you that you have just returned from a trip to Ha long Bay with my family . The sight was extremely magnificient It took us five or six hours by car to get there from Hanoi . We spent more than a week there .

Interview - Ask Ss to use the outline on the board and the information in their letters to make an interview . + Call on a student to stand up to answer the questions : 1. Where have you just visited ? 2. How far is it ? 3. How did you get there ? 4. What is it like ? / Is it beautiful ? 5. How about the weather ? 6. How did you feel ? 4. Post - writing : - Have Ss play in turn the role of an interviewer and interviewee . - Monitor and correct . - Call on some pairs to demonstrate their interview. 5.Production -Retell the lesson. 1. Learn by heart new words and write two lines for each one . 2. Rewrite the letter in their notebooks . 3. Do the exercises in their workbooks . 4. Prepare “Language focus”

122

The weather was perfect . It was sunny , cool and windy . Wee enjoyed walking along the seaside at night very much . It was really interesting when we knew about the legenda of Ha Long bay . We really want to come back there when we have time next year . How are you getting with your study at home ? Where are you going for your holiday ? Let me know Your friend , Lan

V.Write –it-up: Exhibition VI.Homework: 1. Learn by heart new words and write two lines for each one . 2. Rewrite the letter in their notebooks . 3. Do the exercises in their workbooks . 4. Prepare “Language focus”

Week: 31 Period:90

UNIT 14:WONDERS OF THE WORLD Lesson 5 : Language focus

Preparation date: 1/4/2019 Teaching date : 9/4/2019

I. OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to use indirect question,Passive form in the past,use verbs infinitive,use modal verbs.Develop Ss’ four skills 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone … II. PREPARATION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III. PROCEDURES:

123

Teacher’s and students’ activities Content 1. Warm up: pelmanism I. Warm up: pelmanism - Explains how to do then asks Ss to practice. - Controls and corrects. - Practice in groups do meet teach do meet teach play cut done met taught cut played met taught done

play played

2.Presentation : -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Love country Model sentences: a.Indirect question:with Wh-question:/Yes

Indirect question:with Wh-

/no question: I don't know

II. Grammar

how

question:/Yes /no question

to play it

* Form:

-S + V + question word + to

infinitive./S+V +O/A..

-S+V +O +if/whether +S

-S+V +O +if/whether +S +V+O/A.

+V+O/A.

*Use: Reduced form of an indirect

question Ex: I don't know

question

how can I play it how to play it

Please tell me

where I can go

during the

visit where to go A Eg: I don't know how

B I can play it to play it

Eg:“Do you know My Son, Nga?” Nhi asked. Nhi asked Nga if/whether she knew My Son. Passive form in the past.

b.Passive form in the past. 124

Sydney Opera House was completed in 1973.

was / were + Past participle (V3)

was / were + Past participle (V3) c.Verbs and modal verbs:

III.Verbs and modal verbs:

* I want to go out at weekend.

-S + V + to-infinitive + …

S + V + to-infinitive + …

-S + modal + V + …

* He can speak many languages. S + modal + V + … 3.Practice:

III.Practice:

a.Language Focus 1:p136 Complete these

1.Language Focus 1:p136

sentences:

Complete these sentences:

Answer Key:b) was constructed

Answer Key:

c) was designed

b) was constructed c) was

d) was presented

designed

e) was reached

d) was presented

e) was

reached b.Language Focus 2:P136:Reported

2.Language Focus

questions Nhi asked Nga:

2:P136:Reported questions Nhi

Answer Key:

asked Nga:

b) Nhi asked Nga if it was far from Ha Noi.

Answer Key:

c) Nhi asked Nga if My Son was in Quang

b) Nhi asked Nga if it was far

Nam Province.

from Ha Noi.

d) Nhi asked Nga if many people lived at My c) Nhi asked Nga if My Son was Son.

in Quang Nam Province.

e) Nhi asked Nga many tourists visited My

d) Nhi asked Nga if many people

Son every year.

lived at My Son.

f) Nhi asked Nga if the latter wanted to visit

e) Nhi asked Nga many tourists

My Son one day.

visited My Son every year. f) Nhi asked Nga if the latter wanted to visit My Son one day.

4.Further practice 125

c.Language Focus 3 p137:Use the words to 3.Language Focus 3 p137:Use write about the information that Mga gave the words to write about the to Nhi:

information that Mga gave to Nhi:

Answer Key:

b) Nga showed Nhi where to get tickets.

b) Nga showed Nhi where to get

c) Nga pointed out where to buy souvenirs.

tickets.

d) Nga advised Nhi how to go from My Son

c) Nga pointed out where to buy

to Hoi An.

souvenirs.

e) Nga told Nhi what to do there during the

d) Nga advised Nhi how to go

visit.

from My Son to Hoi An. e) Nga told Nhi what to do there during the visit.

d.Language Focus 4 p 137:Complete the

4.Language Focus 4 p

passage,use either the to-infinitive or the

137:Complete the passage,use

bare infinitive form of the verbs in

either the to-infinitive or the

brackets:

bare infinitive form of the verbs in brackets:

Answer Key: (1) – to jog

Answer Key: (2) – go

(3) – to gather (

4) – to rain (5) – to reach

(1) – to jog

(2) – go

(3) – to

gather (6) – to continue

(4) – to rain

(5) – to reach

(7) – get

(6) – to continue

(7) – get

5.Production

V/Homework:

-Retell the lesson

1. Learn by heart grammar

2. Do the exercises in their

2. Do the exercises in their workbooks .

workbooks .

.3.Revise from unit12 to 14

Kiểm tra ngày 1 tháng 4

năm 2019 126

Week:32 Preparing date: 1/4/19 Period:91 Teaching date:8/4/19 CREATIVE EXPERIENCE ACTIVITIES OUR TET HOLIDAY (Report the innovative experience) I./. Objectives 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know the characteristics, style and color of five-fruit-trays in three different regions. Students will be able to draw and make five-fruit-trays. 2. Skills: Creative when expressing the product, deeply understand Vietnamese Tet holiday. 3. Attitude: - Love their home, family and country - Love beauty and know how to preserve their products - Interested in learning and attending. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, … - Specilized capacity: develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Love their home, family and country II./.PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: English 6 laptop, projector 2.Students: A0, A4 white papers, hard-edged, color papers, pencils, glues, scissors III./.Procedure Teacher and students’ activities Contents 4.4.Report and present houses - T-M: Work in group of 6-8 students. - C: self-learning ability, communication capacity - Q: Love their home, family and country - Decide ways to express report - Provide evaluation sheets for groups style: presented by: + powerpoint + Video clip + on paper ……… - Reports covers following - Ask all the member in each group to contents: report. + 5 popular fruits of different - Ask other groups to take notes when regions(In term of color, shape) listening to reports. + Ways to arrange a five-fruittrays 127

+ Their cultural meanings in 3 regions. 4.5. Assessment - Ask each S to evaluate his/her contribution, share felling working in groups - Let groups cross- evaluate when making present - Make questions if teacher finds the part unclear so that teacher can help Ss deepen their knowledge as well as enhance their skills. - Feedback

- Interm of products: + Color and shape + Name +Decorate and lay out + Understand and present meaning of five-fruit-trays in 3 regions. - In terms of activities: - Clearly devide tasks of each member in each kind of fruit. - Making arguments and agreements on choosing fruits.

FORM FOR GROUP ASSESSMENT Group: ……………………………………… Class: ………………………………………… Presentation Structure of Presentation/Reporting Discussion/Answer report 2 1 0 4 2 1 0 4 2 1 0 4 4 2 1 0 4 2 1 0 4 2 1 0 4 2 1 0 4 2 1 0 4 2 1 0 4 2 1 0 4 2 1 0 4 2 1 0 (Circle the relevant mark relasted to level of assessment) 5-Production: - Prepare new lesson ---------------------------------------------------------------------Week:32 Preparing date: 3/4/19 Period:92 Teaching date: 10/4/19

Total

WRITTEN TEST I. OBJECTIVES 1. Knowledge: - By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to check themselves and do the tests better 2. Skills: Listening, speaking, reading, writing 3. Attitude: - Students should revise the old lessons 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, capacity to use language - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: sensitive and responsible 128

II. PREPARATIONS: 1.Teacher: copied papers, laptop 2.Students: pens III. MATRIX: IV. TEST: PART I : LISTEN 1.Listen to the weather reports carefully then decide whether the following sentences are true or false.(1 pt) 1.Tokyo will be dry and windy 2.London is going to have a humid day 3.Bangkok will be warm and rain 4.New York is going to have a windy and cloudy 5.Paris will be cold and dry 2. Listen to the weather reports again then choose the best answer(1pt) 5.It will be a …… day in Sydney today. A. dry B.snowy C.humid 6. In Paris, it will be………. and dry today. A. cold B.cool C.wet 7. Tokyo will be dry and ………. A. windy B.cool C.humid 8. Bangkok will be…….. and dry. A. windy B.cool C.warm PART II: GRAMMAR AND VOCAB 1 Choose the word whose underlined part is pronunced differently from the others (1pt) 9. A. canoe 10. A. grow 11. A. mind 12. A.spread

B. gallery C. valley D. card B. open C. office D. moment B. window C. find D. tidy B.leader C. greeting D. team

2. Circle the best option A, B, C or D to complete each of the following sentences (2pts). 13. She asked me if I……………. pop music. A. like B. liked C. liking D. to like 14. My school will be………………next year. A building B. to build C.built D.builded 15. The ………………festival was held in the communal house yard. A. rice-cooking B. rice-cooker C. rice-cooked D. rice-cook 16. My friends visited while I………………….a book. 129

A. read B.reads C.to read D. was reading 17 ………………. is often called “ The windy city”. A. San Francisco B. Hawaii C. Chicago D. NewYork 18. He decided……………. a new car. A. buy B. to buy C. buying D. bought 19. Two team members take part……………. the contest. A. in B. on C. to D. at 20. Lan asked me………………PhongNha cave was in southern VietNam. A. but B. so C.and D.if PART IV: READ Read the passage carefully then do the task below THE RICE-COOKING FESTIVAL The rice-cooking (20)_____ was held in the communal house yard about one kilometer a way from a (21)_____. There were three (22)_____: water fetching, firemaking and rice-cooking . The festival (23)_____ one day. In the water - fetching contest one person from each team had to run to the river to get the water. In the fire-making contest two team members had to make a fire in the traditional way.They tried to rub pieces of bamboo together to make the fire. Six people from each team took part in the rice- cooking contest.They had to separate the rice from the husk and then cook the rice. After the three contests, all the points were added and the Thon Trieu group won the grand prize.The festival was wonderful. 1. Then choose the correct answer(1pt) 21.A. holiday B. contest 22.A. mountain B. city 23.A. holidays B. contests 24.A. takes B. took

C. festival C. house C. festivals C. taking

D. competition D. river D. competitions D. take

2.Write True(T) or False(F) at the end of the sentences.(1m) 25.There were three competitions: water-fetching,fire-making and rice- cooking. 26.Two team members took part in the water-fetching contest. 27.The fire was made with matches or lights. . 28.The grand prize was given to the team with the most points. PART IV: WRITE 1.Find and correct the mistake in the sentences.(1pt). 29.Tom said that he is going to buy a new car . A B C D 30.Would you mind if I turn on the television? 130

A B C D 31.The window was break by the boy last night . A B C D 32.I was watching TV when the telephone ring. A B C D 2. Change the sentences into reported speech.(2pts ). 33. “Is the BigBen in LonDon?”. My brother said to me. My brother asked…………………………………………………………….. 34. My mother said:“ I will buy you a new coat tomorrow ’’ My mother…………………………………………………………………… 35. “ Do you know HaLong Bay? ’’Nam asked Tuan. Nam asked…………………………………………………………………… 36. My teacher asked me:“ Can you speak English well? ’’ My teacher…………………………………………………………………… 37. Lan asked me : “ Can you visit the Great Wall?”. => Lan…………………………………………………………….................. V. KEY: 0,25 p for each correct sentences Sentence

Key

Sentence

Key

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

T T F T A B A C D C B A B C A D

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

C B A D B D D B F F F T B A D D

131

WRITE: 0.4 p for each correct sentences 33.My brother asked me if the BigBen was in LonDon. 34.My mother said that she would buy me a new coat the next day. 35.Nam asked Tuan if he knew HaLong Bay. 36.My teacher asked me if I could speak English well. 37. Lan asked me if I could visit the Great Wall. (Tape: Unit 12 –Listen ) (Mã đề 2 – đảo xáo trộn các câu) V. PRODUCTION: - Ask Sts to do the exercises in the exercise book. - Prepare for the next period. ---------------------- o0o ---------------------

132

Unit 15 : COMPUTERS Preparation date: 5/ 4 Week: 32 Period:93 Lesson 1: Getting started + Listen and read /2019 Teaching date : 12/4/2019 I. OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson,Ss will be able to get Ss to differentiate facts from opinions through reading express their opinions about a problem . 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around, Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone … II. PREPARATION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III. PROCEDURES: Teacher’s and students’ activities Content 1.. Warm up : I. Warm up : ( Brainstorming ) Getting started ( Brainstorming ) Computer helps us Computer helps us

save time save time -- save time - can keep information . - help us learn interstingly and more - Ask Ss to think of the topic and express quickly 133

their opinions . - Collect Ss , opinions and write them on the board . 2. Pre-reading : Introduce the topic of the passage reading and some new words to students . -TM: Play game, practising -C: Capacity to use language … -Q: Self-made and confident a.Preteach vocabulary : - a printer ( picture ) - a manual = a book coming with a machine teklls you how to use / operate the machine . - to connect ( hand guesture ) - under guarantee : The machine you buy at a shop will be under guarantee from 6 to 12 months . - a plug (realia) - Socket (realia) Have Ss copy . • Checking vocabualry : Bingo b.True or false prediction - Set the scene “ Nam and his father , Mr Nhat are talking about the problem of the computer , they have bought . What happens to the computer? “ - Put the chart on the board and have Ss guess which statements are true and which are false .

- be convinient ........

II.Vocabulary: - a printer :máy in - a manual :sách hướng dẫn - to connect :kết nối - under guarantee :bảo hành - a plug : phích cắm - Socket : ổ cắm

III.True / false prediction: 1. The printer is not working T 2. Nam has laready turned the computer

Guess 1.T 2.T 3.F

Read T T F

on T

4.F 5.T

F T

4. The manual helped them to find out

6.F

5. Mr . Nhat bought the computer in

- Call on some pairs to give their answers and write their guesses on the board .

3. Nam knows how to connect a printer but he has not connected it properly . F the problem . F HCM City and it is still under guarantee . T 6. Mr . Nhat thinks the company would 134

not do anything with his computer because it is too far from his place F 3. While - reading : -TM: Practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone a. Check Ss, predictions : - Ask Ss to open their books , read the dialogue / 138 and listen to the tape Have ss work in pairs again to check if their guesses are right or wrong Feedback and correct the false ones : 3. F -> Nam know how to connect s printer and he has connected it properly . 4. F -> Mr . Nhat thinks it is not very helpful . 6. F -> Mr . Nhat thinks the company should do something with it . - Have Ss copy the correct sentences .

IV.Read to. Check Ss, predictions : - Ask Ss to open their books , read the dialogue / 138 and listen to the tape . - Have ss work in pairs again to check if their guesses are right or wrong . - Feedback and correct the false ones : 3. F -> Nam know how to connect s printer and he has connected it properly . 4. F -> Mr . Nhat thinks it is not very helpful . 6. F -> Mr . Nhat thinks the company should do something with it .

b. Reading comprehension :P139 - Explain the words:“ Fact and Opinion “ + Fact : a thing that is known to be true , especially when it can be proved + Opinion : Your feelings or thoughts about someone or something , raher than a fact . - Have ss read the statements and check the suitable boxes . - Call on some Ss to give their answers . - Get Ss to copy . 4. Post-reading : - Ask Ss to use reported speech to rewrite the dialogue . - Divide the class into 3 groups and assign each group to report about 3-4 sentences .

V. Fact and Opinion:P139 * Answer key : a) Fact b) Opinion c) Opinion d) Fact e) Fact f) Opinion VI.Write –it-up: - Ask Ss to use reported speech to rewrite the dialogue .

135

- Have them write their report on a poster and put it on the board for public check . 5.Production - ask ss to read the dialogue again - Fact and opinion - Present perfect with 'yet, and 'already, - Learn by hear new words and write two line for each word . - Do the ex in the workbook and prepare the next lesson . - Learn grammar and do ex 1p90- ex4 p92 in work book - Prepare Speak and listen

VII. Home work : - Learn by hear new words and write two line for each word . - Do the ex in the workbook and prepare the next lesson . - Learn grammar and do ex 1p90- ex4 p92 in work book - Prepare Speak and listen

136

Week: Preparation date: Unit 15 COMPUTERS 33 17/4/2019 Lesson 2: Speak Period: Teaching date : 94 24/4/2019 I. OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge : By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to use some common useful expressions to express agreement and disagrement . Listen for details . 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Cooperate with people around, Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone … II. PREPARATION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III. PROCEDURES: Teacher’s and students’ activities 1. Warm up : Guessing game : “ Do you think that ...? “ - Ask Ss each to think one of the ways computers are helpful and write it on a pice of paper .

Content I. Warm up : Guessing game : “ Do you think that ...? “ - Ask Ss each to think one of the ways computers are helpful and write it on a pice of paper . - Call on a student to the front of the class . 137

- Call on a student to the front of the - Get the rest of the class ask him/ her “ Do you think that computer are ... ? class . - Get the rest of the class ask him/ her - The student can only answer with yes or no . “ Do you think that computer are ... ? - Tell Ss the one to have the right guess will get - The student can only answer with one good mark and go on answering the classmates / questions . yes or no . - Tell Ss the one to have the right guess will get one good mark and go on answering the classmates / questions . 2. Pre-speaking: Introduce the topic of the speaking and structures to students . -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, Capacity to use language … -Q: Self-made and confident II.Presentation a. Brainstorm : Brainstorm - Write the topic on the board : Useful expressions to express agreements difficult boring delicious interesting and disagreements - Put the table on the board and elicit Entertaini challengin easy students, answers then write them on ng unhealthy g the table amusing timefun dangerous - Explain the phrase “ on the other consumin hand “ to Ss . g - Get Ss to copy the table . b. Matching : - Put the pictures / 139 on the right of the board and the word cues on the Opinion Agreeme Degree of Disagreeme left ( not in order ) s nt agreement nt - Have Ss match the words with the I like… So do I. I agree, I disagree. pictures . I don’t I agree. but… I can’t agree 1. Reading comic books like…. You’re Yes, but on with you. d. I right. the other No, I 2. Playing in the rain think…. Neither do hand… think… a I feel… I. 3. Driving a car I don’t b believe 4. Foreign food … c III.Matching: - Call on some Ss to go to the board 1. reading comics picture a) to draw the matching lines 2. playing in the rain picture b) 138

=> Answer key : 1. b 2. c 3. a 4. d 3. While - speaking : -TM: Practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Be responsible for yourself and everyone - Erase the words but leave the pictures * Oral Drill - Get a student to demonstrate the model (a) T : I think driving a car is easy Ss : I disagree . I think it is difficult to drive a car or So do I - Ask Ss to use the adjectives in the box on page 140 to express their opinions after going through the meaning of some new words . 1. entertaining 2. time - consuming 3. challenging * Suggestions : - Have Ss use the pictures on the board to practice speaking with their partners . - Call on some pairs to demonstrate for the class . - Give feedback and correct .

4.Post-speaking : Mapped dialogue - Present the dialogue and have Ss

3. driving a car picture c) 4. eating foreign food picture d) * Answer Key: 1 – b; 2 – c; 3 – a; 4 – d

IV.Speak :

Practice: Picture drill* Suggestions : a.Driving a car /Learning to drive a car: -easy once we get used to it . -Challenging difficultto get used to drivingin traffic . - Dangerous b. Comic /Reading comic books: - boring - interesting / fun - time – consuming c. Foreign food /Humbergers , pizz,French fries: - delicious fun to eat - unhealthy d. Playing in the rain: - fun - interesting - entertaining V.Mapped dialogue Suggested dialogues: 1) -I’m having problems with my printer. 139

repeat , sentence by sentence - Call on one student to demonstrate the dialogue . + Open pair + Closed pairs : Ss make similar dialogues refering the cues / 140 to replace the information .

5.Production - ask ss to repeat some express agreements and disagreements - Get Ss to understand how events are sequenced in a flow chart and the meanings of all the shapes used in the chart . . Write complete dialogues in your notebooks . . Do the exercises in the workbook . Prepare the next lesson . Week: 33 Period:95

- What’s wrong? - It doesn’t print. I think it’s broken. - No. You didn’t turn it on. - Oh, I’m sorry. 2) -I’m having problems with my monitor. - What’s wrong? - The screen is too dark. I think it’s broken. - You should adjust the knob. - Thank you. 3) -I’m having problems with my mouse. - What’s wrong? - It doesn’t work. I think it’s broken. - You should check the plug. - Thanks VI. Homework : 1. Write complete dialogues in your notebooks . 2. Do the exercises in the workbook . 3. Prepare the next lesson .

Unit 15 :COMPUTERS Lesson 3 : Listen (unit 16)

Preparation date: 19/4/2019 Teaching date : 26 /4/2019

I. OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge - By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to listening about paper making . 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around, Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone … 140

II. PREPARATION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III. PROCEDURES: Teacher’s and students’ activities 1. Warm up : Bingo - Get Ss to brainstorm a list of 10 words and write them on the board . - Ask ss to choose any 4 words and copy them into their paper . - Call out the words until someone has ticked all of his / her words and shouts “ Bingo “ 2.Pre-listening : Introduce the topic of the listening and some new words to students . -TM: Play game, practising -C: Capacity to use language … -Q: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone a. Pre-teach vocabulary : - Procedure (n) ( Translation ) - Pulp (nu) -> What is used to make paper ? - Vat (n) ( picture / drawing ) - to drain = to make something empty or dry by removing all the liquid from it ) - Roller (n) ( picture ) - Roll (n) ( realia ) => Have Ss copy . Rub out and remember 3. While -listening : -TM: Practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Be responsible for yourself and everyone Gap fill ( Listen 1 ) - Inform the topic : Paper – making process . - Have Ss read the sentences . - Play the tape 2 or 3 times and ask ss to fill in the gaps with the words they catch . 141

Content I. Warm up : Bingo foreman . process , manufacture , remove , crush , liquify , grind , pour , mold , conveyor belt

II.Vocabulary: procedure (n): pulp (n): vat (n): (to) drain: - Roller (n) trục

quy trình bột giấy thùng, bể,vò.vại làm ráo nước

III.Gap fill ( Listen 1 ) a. Paper – making is a (1)….process . b.The procedure is almost the (2)…as it was (3)…years ago. c.The pulp vat is on the (4)…of the machine. d.The papermaking machine has a lot of

- Ask ss to compare their answers with their partners . - Call on Ss to give their answers . - Call on some Ss to read the complete sentences in front of class . 4. Post - Listening : -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Love family, friends and country Ordering Prediction ( Listen 2 ) - Ask ss to read the sentences (a-> g ) carefully and guess the order . - Ask Ss to work in groups to predictions - Collect their predictions and write their predictions on the board . => Call on some Ss to read the complete sentences aloud . - Get them to copy their notebooks .

5.Production -Retell the leson. . Learn by heart new words and write two lines for each one . Use the information in the table to write 12 sentences in the notebooks . Prepare the next lesson

(5)………. Answer key: 1.simple hundred 4.left

3.two

5.rollers

IV.Ordering Prediction ( Listen 2 ) Answer key: c- d- a- e- g- f- b Answer key : c. Paper pulp was placed in the vat . d. Paper pulp was mixed with water . a. The water was drained . e. The pulp fibers were poured out . g. The pulp was conveyed under the rollers . f. The fibers were smoothed and pressed dry . b. The paper was put on a roll . VI. Homework : 1. Learn by heart new words and write two lines for each one . 2. Use the information in the table to write 12 sentences in the notebooks . 3. Prepare the next lesson

Kiểm tra ngày tháng 4 năm 2019 ……………………………………………………. …………………………………………………… …………………………………………………….. …………………………………………………….

142

2.same

Unit 15 : Computers Preparation date:15/4/2019 Week: 34 Period: Lesson 4 : Read Teaching date : 22/4/2019 96 I. OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to know computers work in a university . 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Cooperate with people around, Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone … II. PREPARATION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III. PROCEDURES: 143

Teacher’s and students’ activities 1.Warm up : Jumbled words => Words relating to a computer - Put the cardboards on the board . - Divide the class into 2 teams and ask each team to go to the board to write their answers as fast as possible .

Content I. Warm up : Jumbled words 1. terpirn -> printer 2. seumo -> mouse 3. recsnc -> screen 4. nimorot -> monitor 5. bdoaryke -> key board 6. moseu dap -> mouse pad

2. Pre- reading : Introduce the topic of the passage reading and some new words to students . -TM: Play game, practising -C: Capacity to use language … -Q: Self-made and be responsible for yourself and everyone A. Pre-teach vocabulary - a Freshman = the first – year student at a college / university - a jack ( translation ) - a bulletin board = notice board - skeptical (adj ) ( translation ) - impact (nu ) ( translation ) + Get Ss to copy the vocabulary * Checking vocabulary : Rub out and remember B.Open prediction : Introduce the topic of the text . - Ask Ss to guess what they are going to read . * Suggestions : a) Where in the library do we get / find information ? b) How can we store the information ? c) If we want to discuss something , how can we do ? - Call on some Ss to give their predictions and write them on the board . C. True / False Statements Prediction - Get Ss to read the text again then read the true / false statements and decide if the statements are true or false . - Call on some ss to give their answers and correct the false statements . - Have Ss copy all the right statements in

II.Vocabulary: - (a) freshman:

sinh viên năm thứ nhất ổ cắm - (a) jack: - (a) bulletin board: Bảng thong báo - skeptical (adj.): Hoài nghi - impact (unc.): Sự ảnh hưởng

Open prediction : Introduce the topic of the text . - Ask Ss to guess what they are going to read . * Suggestions : a) Where in the library do we get / find information ? b) How can we store the information ? c) If we want to discuss something , how can we do III.True/False predictions: (Exercise 1 – pages 141 – 142) Answer key: a–T b–T c–T d–F

144

their notebooks . Answer Key : a) T b) T c) T d) F -> Students do not have to go to computer rooms because college campuses now have computer jacks in every part of the university . e) T f) T 3. While - reading : -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Self-made and confident A. Check the predictions : - Ask Ss to read the text to check if their guesses are correct or not . - Give feedback and correct

B.Comprehension questions - Have Ss read the questions / 147 and find out the information in the text to answer . - Ask Ss to compare their answers with their partners - Call on some Ss to give their answers for the class . - Give feedback and correct . - Have them copy.

e–T f–T

IV.Read Correction: a) T b) T c) T d) F -> Students do not have to go to computer rooms because college campuses now have computer jacks in every part of the university . e) T f) T V.Answer questions P 142 key: a) It has no library. All the information normally found in a library is now stored in the university’s computers. b) All the information normally found in a library or messages normally found on a bulletin board. c) A computer and a telephone (line). d) With a bulletin board on the Internet, a great number of people (over 20 million) can get access to the bulletin and exchange information quickly. e) Students’ answers.

4. Post-reading : Retell the paragraph

VI. Retell the paragraph

5.Production - Get Ss to read the text again and summary it - ask ss to write all the answers in your note book

VII. Homework : - Learn by heart new words and write two line for each one - To prepare the next lesson Unit15lesson 4 145

- Learn by heart new words and write two line for each one - To prepare the next lesson Unit15lesson 4 -------------------------------o0o------------------------------

Week: Unit 15 COMPUTERS Preparation 34 Lesson 5 : Write date:17/4/2019 Period: Teaching date : 97 24/4/2019 I. OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to write a set on instructions on how to use the printer ,complete a flow chart and get Ss to practice in writing instructions . 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,â€Ś - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 146

4.2. Quality: Willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around, Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone … II. PREPARATION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III. PROCEDURES: Teacher’s and students’ activities Content 1. Warm up : Word square I. Warm up : Word square - Put the word square chart on the board . - Inform the topic and the number of the hidden words . ( Words related to a computer ) Out put, monitor, tray, power - Ask Ss to write the words they find out on a piece of paper and hand in offer they Screen, icon, mouse finish their work. Computer, printer, keyboard C N E E R C S K O U T P U T P E M O N I T O R Y P A E N O C I B U H B C D E N O T R A Y O P T A E S U O M G E R R I P O W E R D - Give feedbcack and correct 2.Pre-writing : Introduce the topic of the writing and some new words to students -TM: Play game, practising -C: Co-operation, Capacity to use language -Q: Self-made and confident A. Pre-teach : => Use the picture / 142 to elicit words from Ss - paper input tray - power button ( Picture ) - icon - output path - to remove = to put sth way + Have ss copy

147

II.Vocabulary: Match the words with the numbers in the pictures. Answers: a) – 3 – paper input tray: khay đưa giáy vào b) – 1 – monitor screen : màn hình vi tính c) – 6 – power button: nút mở điện d) – 2 – icon:kí hiệu,hình nhỏ trên màn hình e) – 4 – output path:lối,đường ra f) – 5 – paper

Checking vocabulary : Matching - Ask Ss to look at exercise 1 / 142 and do the matching . - Get some Ss to give their answers and correct B. Gap fill - Get Ss to make use of some phrasal verbs . - Put the words on the board and ask Ss to fill in the gaps with right words if possible . 1. to wait ...so/sth 2. to remove ... sth 3. to turn ... a machine 4. to plug ... sth 5. to load ... sth - Ask some Ss to give their answers and correct 3. While -writing : -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Be responsible for yourself and everyone - Ask Ss to look at the pictures / 143 and read the cues . - Have Ss work in pairs to outline the instructions - Call on some Ss to say out the instructions first ( 1 or 2 Ss for each sentence ) - Ask Ss to write the instructions in their note books

4.Post - writing : 148

III.Gap fill Answer Key 1to wait for (so / sth ) 1. to remove ∅ (sth) 2. to turn on / off ( a machine ) 3. to plug in sth 5.to load ∅ ( sth )

IV.Write: * Look at the pictures and the words. Write the instructions on how to use the printer. Answers: - Plug in the printer and turn on the power. + Remove / old paper / load / new paper / input tray. - Remove the old paper and load the new paper in the paper input tray. + Wait / power button / flash. - Wait for the power button to flash. + Have / pages / appear / computer screen. - Have the pages appear on the computer screen. + Click / icon / the screen / wait / a few seconds. - Click the printer icon on the screen and wait for a few seconds. - The printed paper will come out of the output path in a minute. IV.Summarize

- Have some Ss read their writings before the class . - Give feedback and correct .

5.Production -Retell the lesson. - Learn the ways to use the printer. - Write the answers into the note books. - Prepare the new lesson: Unit 15 – LANGUAGE FOCUS

how to use the printer. Plug in the printer and turn on the power . The printed - paper will get out from the output path in a minute . V/ Homework - Learn the ways to use the printer. - Write the answers into the note books. - Prepare the new lesson: Unit 15 – LANGUAGE FOCUS

Week: Unit 15 COMPUTERS Preparation date:19/4/2019 34 Lesson 6 : Language focus Teaching date : 26/4/2019 Period: 98 I. OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson,Ss will be able to use “yet”and“already”to express the present perfect 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: 149

already a) The Present Perfect with yet Have you turned it on yet? I’ve written the letter but I haven’t posted it yet. Form: Have/Has + S + V3 +…+ yet? S + have/has + not + V3 +…+ yet. Use Yet : -used in questions and negative statements - Position at the end of the sentence - yet Chưa. Chỉ dung trong câu nghi vấn,phủ định và được đặt ở cuối câu.Thể hiện sự mong chờ một hành động gì xảy ra về phía người nói,hoặc 1 hành động nào đó chưa được thực hiện. B. The Present Perfect with already Mr. Nhat: Have you turned it on yet? Nam: Yes, I have already done it. Form: S + have/has + already + V3 +…. Use Already : -used in positive statements -Position between auxiliary have and past participle - already : rồi Dùng trong câu khẳng định và thường được đặt ở giữa have/há và quá khứ phân từ.Diễn tả hành động xảy ra sớm hơn dự kiến. B. Present perfect tense: A. Pre teach : Set the scene : Use Vietnamese to elicit the models : 1. I have ever been to Da Lat -> ( finished ) 2. My parents have gone to DaLat for 3 days -> ( incomplete ) => Present perfect tense Use : - finished actions -> indefinite time - incomplete actions -> for , since , recently

II. GRAMMAR: 1. Present perfect with Yet and already a) The Present Perfect with yet Have you turned it on yet? I’ve written the letter but I haven’t posted it yet. Form: Have/Has + S + V3 +…+ yet? S + have/has + not + V3 +…+ yet. Use Yet : -used in questions and negative statements -position at the end of the sentence b) The Present Perfect with already Mr. Nhat: Have you turned it on yet? Nam: Yes, I have already done it. Form: S + have/has + already + V3 +…. Use Already : -used in positive statements -Position between auxiliary have and past participle

2. Present perfect tense: a) . Pre teach : Set the scene : Use Vietnamese to elicit the models : 1. I have ever been to Da Lat -> ( finished ) 2. My parents have gone to DaLat for 3 days -> ( incomplete ) => Present perfect tense Use : - finished actions -> indefinite

151

Form : Have / has + Past participle - Get Ss to copy .

time

- incomplete actions -> for , since , recently Form : Have / has + Past participle C. Compare of present perfect and - Get Ss to copy . past simple - Put the chart on the board and ask Ss to 3. Compare of present perfect and read the sentences . past simple - Ask Ss to decide which sentence is in - Put the chart on the board and ask Ss the present perfect and which is past to read the sentences . simple . - Ask Ss to decide which sentence is in a) Her family moved to Hanoi 2 years the present perfect and which is past ago . simple . b) He has never met such an intelligent a) Her family moved to Hanoi 2 years boy before . ago . c) My brother has become more b) He has never met such an intelligent independent sine he left home boy before . d) When did the Second world war c) My brother has become more break out ? independent sine he left home - Call on Ss to give their answers . d) When did the Second world war - Give feedback and correct . break out ? a) Past simple -> Finished action with - Call on Ss to give their answers . definite time . - Give feedback and correct . b) Present perfect -> an action ( not ) a) Past simple -> Finished action with taking place from the past to the present definite time . . b) Present perfect -> an action ( not ) c) Has become : Present perfect -> ( taking place from the past to the same as b) present . Left : Past simple -> finished action c) Has become : Present perfect -> ( with understood defitine time . same as b) d) Past simple -> ( same as a) Left : Past simple -> finished action with understood defitine time . B.PRACTICE: I / Language focus 1: d) Past simple -> ( same as a) 1) Set the scene “ Ba, mother has just III.PRACTICE: been back from market . She wanted him A.Language focus 1: to do some housework while she was at 1.Scene: the market . Ba made notes in his diary Ba’s mother has just been back from the and checked (v) the work he has done . market. She wanted him to do some , Look at Ba diary “ housework while she was at the market. , - Show the chart ( Ba s diary ) on the Ba made notes in his diary and checked board ( ) the work he has done. Look at Ba’s + Do homework (v) -> ( already ) diary and complete the dialogue using + Tidy the room (v) x ( not yet ) YET and ALREADY. + Turn off the washing machine (v) -> Do homework ( already ) Tidy the room + Call and tell Aunt Le to have lunch (v) Turn off the washing machine 152

-> ( already ) - Ask questions and elicit the answers from Ss . T : Has Ba done his homework yet ? S : Yes , he has already done his homework . T : Has Ba tidied the room yet ? S : No, he has not tidied the room yet . - Have Ss repeat and write the sentences on the board . 4.Further practice :

Call and tell Aunt Le to have lunch Notes: : already : not yet T: Has Ba done his homework yet? S: Yes, he has already done his homework. T: Has Ba tidied the room yet? S: No, he hasn’t tidied the room yet.

A.Gap fill Dialogue - Ask Ss to look at Ba,s diary and complete the dialogue using Yet and Already - Call on some pairs to demonstrate the dialogue for the class . - Give feedback and correct . Ba’s mother: Have you finished your homework yet, Ba? Ba: Yes, I have finished it already, Mom. Ba’s mother: Good. What about your room? Is it tidied now? Ba: I’m sorry, Mom. I haven’t cleaned and tidied it yet. Ba’s mother: Bad boy, Ba. And the washing machine! Have you turned it off yet? Ba: Don’t worry, Mom. I have (already) turned it off already. Ba’s mother: Have you called and told aunt Le to have lunch with us today? Ba: Yes. I’ve already call and told her to have lunch with us, and she said she would come.

Practice:

Ba’s mother: Have you finished your homework yet, Ba? Ba: Yes, I have finished it already, Mom. Ba’s mother: Good. What about your room? Is it tidied now? Ba: I’m sorry, Mom. I haven’t cleaned and tidied it yet. Ba’s mother: Bad boy, Ba. And the washing machine! Have you turned it off yet? Ba: Don’t worry, Mom. I have (already) turned it off already. Ba’s mother: Have you called and told aunt Le to have lunch with us today? Ba: Yes. I’ve already call and told her to have lunch with us, and she said B. Language focus 2 she would come. Questions - Answers - Ask Ss to look at the flight information IV.Language focus 2 T: Has the flight to Vientiane tables and ask questions to show the departed yet? models . T : Has the flight to Vientiane departed S: Yes. It has already departed. yet ? 153

S : Yes , it has not arrived yet . T : Has the flight from Los Angeles arrived yet ? S : No , it has not arrived yet . - Have ss take in turns to ask and answer the questions . - Call on some Ss to demonstrate the exchanges in front of the class . - Give feedback and correct . C. Language focus 3 : Practice : Grammar Drill - Ask ss to look at the table / 146 , read the sentences and check (v) the correct column . - Call on some Ss to give their answers . - Give feedback and correct

T: S:

Has the light from Los Angeles arrived yet? No. It hasn’t arrived yet.

V.Language focus 3: Pre-teach: I’ve been to Sa Pa Finished highlands. action Incomplete They have lived in Ca action Mau for 10 years. Use:-indefinite time: Finished action - for, since, recently: Incomplete action Notes: Finished action: (1) Incomplete action: (2)

a) I’ve been to Sa Pa highlands.

(1) (2)

b) They’ve lived in Ca Mau for 10 years. c) She has finished her homework. d) He has worked with the computer since early morning. e) We have found the problems with the printer. f) Someone has unplugged the printer. 154

D.Language focus 4 Note: Trong hội thoại, đối với các hành động, tình trạng quá khứ, người ta thường bắt đầu bằng thì hiện tại hoàn thành rồi sau đó chuyển qua thì quá khứ đơn. Practice : Grammar Drill - Ask Ss to complete the dialogues orally . - Call on some pairs to give their answers - Give feedback and correct . - Have some pairs to demonstrate the dialogues for the class .

5.Production : Writing - Ask Ss to write 4 sentences of their own 2 in the past simple and 2 in the present perfect . - Have some of them write their sentences on the board for public check and give them points if possible - Learn by heart all the structures and

g) People have received information through the Internet recently. Language focus 4: 1.Pre-teach: Ba: Have you seen the film Jurassic Park yet? (see) Nam: Yes, I have. Ba: When did you see it? (see) Nam: I saw it three months ago. (see) Note: Trong hội thoại, đối với các hành động, tình trạng quá khứ, người ta thường bắt đầu bằng thì hiện tại hoàn thành rồi sau đó chuyển qua thì quá khứ đơn. 2.Practice: Loan: We haven’t had a vacation since last year. (not have) Chi: Why not? Loan: My parents have been very busy since then. (be) Nga: Have you heard the news about Nam? (hear) Mai: No. What happened? Nga: He had an accident. He was jogging. He suddenly fell and broke his leg. (have / fall / break) Sung: Has the plane arrived yet? (arrive) Clerk: Yes, it has. Sung: When did it arrive? Clerk: It arrived at the airport two hours ago. VI.Homework(1’) - Learn by heart all the structures and practice at home. - Write the answers into the note books. - Prepare the new lesson: 155

practice at home. - Write the answers into the note books. - Prepare the new lesson: Kiểm tra ngày 22 tháng 4 năm 2019 ……………………………………………………. …………………………………………………… …………………………………………………….. …………………………………………………….

Week:34

Preparing date: 156

Period:99

Teaching date: FEEDBACK ON TEST 45’

I./. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: After getting back the test papers, students will be able to evaluate their knowledge and have a plan for the next time 2. Skills: To correct Ss’ errors if necessary 3. Attitude: - To give Ss the motivation to learn hard for their exam - Students know how to learn English in right way. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone II./.PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: test 45’ 2.Students: notebooks III./.PROCEDURE: 1- Warm up - How are you today? - Are you ready for getting back the test papers? 2- Teacher's idea * Priority: - Ss do the part " choose the best answer " and writing well. - Ss try their best to get good marks. - Ss know how to do the test, present well, true request. - Ss understand vocabularies, language focus. *Defect: - Some Ss have many mistakes about using vocabularies. - Some Ss have many mistakes about writing sentences, using structure. - Some Ss have many mistakes about showing. - Some Ss copy other exams 3- Pay the test paper back to ss - Ss look at the tests and do the tests again by themselves. - Ss find their mistakes by themselves. - Ss share and compare with a partners. -T asks Ss to work in pairs +S1 corrects mistakes of S2's test + S2 corrects mistakes of S1's test - T calls - Ss answer one by one 4- T gives ss the answer key -T: Gives the aims of the exercise from the test. -Ss: Listen -T: Asks Ss to give the answers they did. -Ss: Give the answers they did or write on board 157

-T: Gives the correct answers. -Ss: Listen and correct the mistakes -T: Explains some knowledge and the answers 1. Key: 0,25 p for each correct sentences Sentence

Key

Sentence

Key

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

C B A D B D D B F F F T B A D D

1 T 2 T 3 F 4 T 5 A 6 B 7 A 8 C 9 D 10 C 11 B 12 A 13 B 14 C 15 A 16 D WRITE: 0.4 p for each correct sentences

33.My brother asked me if the BigBen was in LonDon. 34.My mother said that she would buy me a new coat the next day. 35.Nam asked Tuan if he knew HaLong Bay. 36.My teacher asked me if I could speak English well. 37. Lan asked me if I could visit the Great Wall. (Tape: Unit 12 â€“Listen ) - Spend time with students to ask questions about their tests, their points. - T asks Ss write key in notebook and correct their mistakes by themselves. 5-Production: - Redo the test in the notebook - Prepare new lesson ----------------------@0@-------------------

158

Week: 36 Period:100

ÔN TẬP HỌC KỲ II (tiết1)

Preparation date: 29 /4/2019 Teaching date : 6/5/2019

I. OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson,Ss’ll be able to use Passive voice ,Reported speech 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III. PROCEDURES: A. passive voice: 1-Công thức tổng quát: S+V+O S + be +

pII +....

by+O

*Câu bị động ở thì hiện tại thường : S + V-s,es +

S + am/ is/ are + pII + .... by+ O Ex: The workers make the pens. The pens are made by workers. *Câu bị động ở thì quá khứ đơn: S+ V-ed + O S + was / were + pII + .... EX: I visited my grandparents last week. My parents were visited by me last week. 159

by+ O

*Câu bị động ở thì hiện tại hoàn thành: S + have/ has + V- pII + O S + have/ has + been + pII +....by+ O Ex:They have built this house since last week. This house has been built since last week (by them) *Câu bị động của cácđộng từ khuyết thiếu: S + modal + V + O S + modal + be + pII +....

by+O

Ex:He can mend this bike. This bike can be mended by him. 2.Cách chuyển từ câu chủ động sang câu bị động: -Xác định chủ ngữ ,động từ,tân ngữ của câu chủ động. -Tân ngữ của câu chủ động chuyển thành chủ ngữ của câu bị động. -Viết be ở thì của động từ chính trong câu chủ động. -Viết động từ chính của câu bị động ở dạng quá khứ phân từ. -Chủ ngữ của câu chủ động chuyển thành tân ngữ của câu bị động,viết sau chữ by. -Nếu chủ ngữ là đại từ nhân xưng(they,he,she,we,you)hay là đại từ bất định(someone,everyone) Có thể bỏ ở câu bị động. -Đối với động từ khuyết thiếu ở câu bị động ta them be vào giữa động từ khuyết thiếu và động từ chính( ở dạng quá khứ phân từ) B.Choose the word (a, b, c, or d) that best fits each of the blank spaces. Hi. I’m back in the U. S. I was with Matilda on her concert tour of Africa. The best part was Eritrea. The Eritrean people were very friendly and (31)______. The streets weren’t (32)______, but the markets often were. The restaurants were great, but the service was often (33)______. Some hotels were modern and some weren’t, but even modern hotels weren’t air-conditioned. The weather was very hot and (34)______, but Matilda’s concerts were great, and my whole trip to Eritrea was a lot of (35)______. 1. A. kind B. lucky C. reserved D. quiet 2. A. crowd B. crowded C. crowds D. overcrowding 3. A. slow B. slowly C. quick D. quickly 4. A. cold B. cool C. humid D. wet 5. A. fun B. joke C. humor D. humorous C. Put the following into the passive voice: 1. You should open the wine about three hours before you use it. ……………………………………………………………………… 160

2. Previous climbers has cut steps in the ice. ………………………..…………………………………………. 3. Somebody cleaned my shoes and brushed my suit. ……………………………………………………………………… 4. We use this room only on special occasions. ……………………………………………………………………. 5. You must not hammer nails into the walls without permission. …………………………………………………………………… 6. Someone switched on a light . ……………………………………………………………………. 7. Somebody has slashed the picture with a knife. …………………………………………………………………….. 8. They are pulling down the old theatre. ……………………………………………………………………… 9. Why didn’t they mend the roof before it fell in? …………………………………………………………………….. 10. The mob broke all the shop windows in recent riots. …………………………………………………………………… 11. Someone will server refreshments. ……………………………………………………………………. 12. People must not leave bicycles in the hall. …………………………………………………………………………. 13. Members may keep books for three week. ………………………………………………………………………….. 14. The burglars has cut an enormous hole in the steel door. …………………………………………………………………………. D.Production: 1. Revise grammar & vocabulary 2. Prepare ÔN TẬP HỌC KỲII (tiếp) -------------------------------------------------------------Week: 36 Period: 101

ÔN TẬP HỌC KỲ II (tiết 2)

Preparation date: 1 /5/2019 Teaching date : 8 /5/2019

I. OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson,Ss ‘ll be able to use:- Reported Speech 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: 161

- General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone II. PREPARATION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III. PROCEDURES: A. REPORTED SPEECH a. Commands, requests in Reported Speech: *Kh¼ng ®Þnh:Câu tường thuật(hay còn gọi là câu nói gián tiếp)là cách nói mà người ta dung để thuật lại hay kể lại cho ai nghe những gì mà người khác đã và đang nói.Khi đổi từ câu trực tiếp sang câu gián tiếp cần thay đổi đại từ nhân xưng,tân ngữ cho thích hợp. *Khẳng định:Trực tiếp: “Please, V + ……., + (tên)” , S + said / told. Gián tiếp : S + told + O(tên) + to + V……….. VD: “Please wait for me, Mary”. Tom said =>Tom told Mary to wait for him. *Phủ định:Trực tiếp: “Please, Don’t + V + ……., + (tên)” , S + said / told. Gián tiếp : S + told + O(tên) + not + to + V……….. VD: “Don’t talk in class!” teacher said. => Teacher told the students not to talk in class. b. Advice in Reported Speech: DIRECT SPEECH REPORTED SPEECH Miss Wilson said Tim should use this Miss Wilson said you should use that book. book. Miss Wilson said Tim should get up Miss Wilson said you should get up earlier. earlier *Có thể tổng hợp thành bảng sau: COMMANDS, REQUESTS AND ADVICE IN REPORTED SPEECH Imperatives Direct speech Indirect speech V1 + …… S+ told / asked O + to + V1 + Affirmative Mike said to Henry, …… Imperative “Come in, please.” Mike told Mary to come in. Don’t + V1 + …… S+ told / asked O + not + to Negative "Don't play on the grass, + V1 + … Imperative boys," she said. She asked the boys not to play on the grass. “Can/could/ may /might S+ told / asked O + to V1... Nam asked / requested me to you...?” Requests “Could you close this close that door. door?”, said Nam to me. Advice “ You should / ought to S+ told + O +(that) S+ should/ 162

+ V1….” ought + to V1... He said to his son,” You He told his son he should do should do your his homework that night. homework tonight.” Direct – reported speech: +Câu trực tiếp là câu nói được thuật lại đúng nguyên văn lời của người nói. VD: Tom said “ I like reading book”. Note Câu trực tiếp được viết trong ngoặc kép và ngăn cách với mệnh đề tường thuật bởi dấu phẩy. +Câu gián tiếp là lời nói được thuật lại với ý và từ của người thuật lại nhưng vẫn giữ nguyên ý VD: Tom said he liked reading books. Note:Câu gián tiếp không bị ngăn cách bởi dấu phẩy ,dấu ngoặc kép,và luôn tận cùng bằng dấu chấm. *Câu trực tiếp và câu gián tiếp bao giờ cũng có 2 phần: -Câu tường thuật/ mệnh đề tường thuật. -Câu trực tiếp hay câu gián tiếp Tom said, “I like reading books”. MĐ tường thuật- câu trực tiếp Tom said he liked reading books. MĐ tường thuật – câu gián tiếp B. TEST : I/ Choose the best answer 1. The teacher told me …………………….you this dictionary. a. give b. giving c. to give d. gives 2. She enjoys …………comic. a. reads b. reading c. to read d. read 3. She was born .....................May 15th , 1995. a. to b. in c. at d. on 4. We..................in Chu Se since 1994 . a. have lived b. lives c. lived d. live 5. The bag on the left is different …………..the bag on the right a. to b. as c. from d. with 6. They haven’t seen each other ………………a long time. a. since b. for c. in d. at 7. She is old enough to look after ..................... a. myself b. himself c. ourselves d. herself 8. My old school is ………………..than my new one a. small b. smaller c. more small d. smallest 9.I used ………………….. swimming when I was young. a. go b. going c. to go d. went 10.Would you like ………………camping with us this weekend? a. go b. going c. went d. to go 11. Your cut is very dangerous. You ought………………..to the hospital a. not to go b. to go c. to not go d. going 163

12. The red bag is the same ………….the blue one. a. as b. to c. from d. with II/ Change the following sentences in to indirect speech. 1. Miss Jackson said: “ You should improve your English pronunciation, Tim” Miss Jackson said Tim should improve his English pronunciation … 2. He said to me, “Can you turn on the TV?” (turn into REPORTED SPEECH) Hetoldme....to turn on the TV 3. She isn’t strong. She can’t carry the table.(combine, using ENOUGH) She isn’t strong enough to carry the table. 4. The weather is warm. We can go swimming.(combine, using ENOUGH) The weather is ...warm enough to go swimming. III/ Read the passage . Then choose the best answer to complete the passage . Language learners learn words in different ways. Some (1)………….. make a list and put into it the meanings of new words in their (2)…………. and try to learn them by heart. However, others do not. Instead, they write one or two example sentences with each new word (3)……………… order to remember how (4)……………………the word in the right way. In order to remember words (5)………………., some learners even write each word and its use on a small piece of paper and stick it somewhere in their house so as (6)…………..it any time. 1. a. learner b. learning c. earner d. learners 2. a. mother tongue b. English c. Vietnamese d. French 3. a. on b. to c. in d. for 4. a. use b. using c. to use d. used 5. a. good b. better c. best d. bad 6. a. to learn b. learning c. learns d. learned . IV.Production: 1. Revise grammar & vocabulary 2. Prepare ÔN TẬP HỌC KỲII (tiếp) ---------------------------------------------------------Week:36 Period: 102

ÔN TẬP HỌC KỲ II (tiết3)

Preparation date: 3/5/2019 Teaching date : 10 /5/2019

I. OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson,Students will be able toUse reported speech and passive voice 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 4. Competence and quality: 164

4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone II. PREPARATION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III. PROCEDURES: A. Reported speech: 1.Dạng câu trực tiếp là câu phát biểu: *Cách chuyển: -Lập lại từ say / said -Bỏ ngoặc kép,dấu phẩy thay bằng that. -Thay đổi thì,từ chỉ thời gian và nơi chốn,ngôi cho phù hợp với nghĩa của câu (nếu có) Trực tiếp: S + said, “ Clause” *Công thức: -->Gián tiếp: S + said + (that) Clause (lùi thì) VD: Lan said: “I am a student”. -->Lan said (that) she was a student. 2.Dạng câu trực tiếp là câu cầu khiến,câu mệnh lệnh: *Cách chuyển:-Đổi say->tell,said-> told,sau đó them tân ngữ vào sau nó. -Bỏ dấu phẩy,dấu ngoặc kép,dấu chấm than từ please ( nếu có) -Đổi đại từ nhân xưng,tính từ sở hữu,trạng từ chỉ thời gian ,nơi chốn ( nếu có) *Công thức:+Khẳng định: Trực tiếp: S + say/ said, “V…” -->Gián tiếp: S + tell/ told + O + to + V… VD: She said, “Close the books, please!” -->She told the students to close the books. +Phủ định: Trực tiếp: S + say/ said, “Don’t + V…” -->Gián tiếp: S + tell/ told + O + not + to + V... VD: She said, “Don’t sit down!” -->She told me not to sit down 3.Dạng câu trực tiếp là câu hỏi đảo( yes/No- question) -Cách chuyển:-Đổi said-> asked sau đó them tân ngữ( nếu cần thiết) -Bỏ dấu ngoặc kép,dấu phẩy và dấu hỏi. -Đặt if / whether lên trước chủ ngữ của câu gián tiếp+ động từ lùi thì. Đổi ngôi ,đổi từ chỉ thời gian và nơi chốn ( nếu cần thiết) *Công thức: Trực tiếp : Do/ Does/ Did + S + V-nd...? -->Gián tiếp: S + asked + O + if/ whether + S +V-lùi thì… VD: “Do you go to school?” he said. -->He asked me whether/ if I went to school. +Dạng động từ khuyết thiếu:Trực tiếp: Can/ shall/ will+ S + V-nd….? -->Gián tiếp: S + asked + O + if/ whether + S + could/ should/ would + V-nd… VD: Mary said to Nam, “Can you speak English?” -->Mary asked Nam if/ whether he could speak English. 4-Dạng câu trực tiếp là câu hỏi có từ hỏi: Wh-question 165

-Cách chuyển:-Đổi said->asked (hoặc wanted to know/wondered) sau đó them tân ngữ( nếu cần thiết) -Bỏ dấu ngoặc kép,dấu phẩy và dấu hỏi. -Đặt từ hỏi wh lên trước chủ ngữ của câu gián tiếp+động từ lùi thì -Đổi ngôi ,đổi từ chỉ nơi chốn và thời gian (nếu cần thiết) *Công thức: Trực tiếp: từ hỏi + do/ does/ did + S + V-nd...? -->Gián tiếp: S + asked + O + tõ hái + S + V-lùi thì… VD: “Where do you live?” he said. -->He asked me where I lived. +Dạng động từ khuyết thiếu: Trực tiếp: từ hỏi+ can/ shall/ will+ S + V-nd...? -->Gián tiếp: S + asked + O + Từ hỏi+ S + could/ should/ would + Vnd… VD: Mary said to Nam, “How can you speak English?” -->Mary asked Nam how he could speak English. * TOBE: VD1: “Are you a student?” She asked me. -->She asked me if I was a student. VD2: “Is she doing her homework?” Mary asked him. -->Mary asked him if she was doing her homework. VD3: “What are you doing?” Mai said to Hoa -->Mai asked Hoa what she was doing. Note: Nếu câu hỏi với will / shall…diễn tả yêu cầu,lời mời,đề nghijcos thể chuyển sang câu gián tiếp dang câu hỏi hoặc câu cầu khiến. VD: He said, “Will you open the door?” -->He asked me to open the door. (He asked me If I would open the door) B. TEST I.Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others. C. lava D. husband 1.A. abroad B. state 2.A. gallery B. over C. here D. liberty 3.A. include B. prison C. trip D. decide 4.A. head B. beach C. weather D. heavy 5.A. temperature B. exciting C. right D. tour II.Choose the word or phrase that best completes each unfinished sentence below. 1.At 9 o’clock yesterday________ we on the beach. A. are lying B. have lain C. lay D. were lying 2.The baby________his food onto the floor and making his mother angry. A. always threw B. is always throwingC. has always thrown D. always throws 3.I would like________to Africa. A. go B. to go C. going D. to going 4.It was kind ________you to help them. 166

A. of B. from C. for D. to 5.Are you going abroad this summer? A. going overseas B. going on holiday C. going to another country D. A&C 6.________is a building or room where people can go to look at paintings. A. Gallery B. Library C. University D. Gym 7.I brought back this cowboy hat as a ________of America. A. gift B. present C. award D. souvenir 8.While Angela was cleaning her room, she ________her lost ear-ring. A. is finding B. finds C. has found D. found 9.Why don’t you come ________for dinner? A. about B. over C. up D. upon 10.Will you pick me ________after the party? A. on B. over C. through D. up 11.Miss. Brown________us last week while our teacher was ill. A. teaches B. is teaching C. was teaching D. has taught 12.You ________come and visit us again some time. A. should B. must C. need D. could 13.I’m usually free in the evening. A. tired B. relaxed C. not busy D. not at home 14.I picked up a copy of their summer travel________. A. paper B. magazine C. book D. brochure 15.While the choir ________Christmas carols, we were making them some cocoa. A. are singing B. were singing C. sang D. have sung 16.Would you like ________for a drink? A. go B. to go C. going D. went 17.________is hot liquid rock that comes out of a volcano. A. Limestone B. Marble C. Lava D. Ice 18.When I was a child, I ________my ball through the window. A. was always kicking B. always was kicking C. was kicking always D. kicked always 19.I was born in a small village ________Lantau Island. A. on B. for C. in D. at 20.We went________a 10-day tour of central Africa. A. to B. in C. for D. on III. Put the following sentences into reported speech : 1. Sally said : “ I am going to the bookshop .“ => Sally said she was going to the bookshop . 2. Ann said to me : “ My parents have just bought a new house . “ => Ann said to me that her parents had just bought a new house. 3. “ The film that I saw really was interesting , “ said Lan . => . Lan said that the film that she had seen really had been interesting 167

IV. Put the following into the passive voice: 1.You should open the wine about three hours before you use it. The wine should be opened about three hours before you use it. 2.Previous climbers has cut steps in the ice. The ice has been cut steps in by previos climbers. 3.Somebody cleaned my shoes and brushed my suit. My shoes were cleaned and brushed my suit 4.We use this room only on special occasions. This room is used only on special occasions by us. 5.You must not hammer nails into the walls without permission. Nails must be not hammered into the walls without permission by you. 6.Someone switched on a light . A light was switched on 7.Somebody has slashed the picture with a knife. The picture has been slashed with a knife 8.They are pulling down the old theatre. The old theatre is being pulled down. By them. 9.Why didn’t they mend the roof before it fell in? Why wasn’t The roof ment before it fell in ? 10.The mob broke all the shop windows in recent riots. All the shop windows were broken in recent riots by the mob. C.Production: 1. Revise grammar & vocabulary 2. Prepare ÔN TẬP HỌC KỲII (tiếp)

-------------------------------o0o-----------------------------Kiểm tra ngày 6 tháng 5 năm 2019 ……………………………………………………. …………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………..

168

Week: 37 Period: 103

ÔN TẬP HỌC KỲ II (tiết 4)

Preparation date: 6 /5/2019 Teaching date : 13 /5/2019

I. OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson,Students will be able to Use reported speech 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson. - Students know how to learn English in right way. - Ss are interested in doing exercises. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III. PROCEDURES: A. Reported speech: Những thay đổi khi chuyển từ trực tiếp sang gián tiếp: đổi ngôi,thì,từ chỉ thời gian,nơi chốn theo qui tắc 1.Đổi ngôi:-Ngôi thứ nhất: I, me, my, mine, myself, we, us, our, ours, ourselves được đổi theo ngôi của chủ ngữ ở mệnh đề tường thuật . Tom said, “I like reading books”. --> Tom said he liked reading books. -Ngôi thứ 2: you, yours, your, yourself, yourselves được đổi theo ngôi của tân ngữ của mệnh đề tường thuật. He said to me, “You can take my book”. 169

--> He said to me (that) I could take his book”. Ngôi thứ 2 được đổi thành ngôi thứ 3 nếu mệnh đề tường thuật không có tân ngữ. He said, “You can take my book”. --> He said she could take his book”. -Ngôi thứ ba: he, him, his, himself, they, them, their, theirs, themselves giữ nguyên VD: Mai said, “They can’t finish their homework”. --> Mai said they couldn’t finish their homework”. 3.Đổi từ chỉ thời gian, nơi chốn: Trực tiếp Gián tiếp This That These Those Here There Now Then/ at one/ immediately. Ago Before Today That day Tonight That night Tomorrow The next/ following day. Yesterday The day before/ the previous day The night/ week/ month/ year before hoÆc the Last night/ week/ month/ previous night… year The following week/ month/ year. Next week/ month/ year B.TEST I.Choose the underlined part that needs correction. 6. I was doing my homework and my dad was reading a car magazine after lunch yesterday. A B C D 7. The farmer was riding to town while he fell off his horse. A B C D 8. Would you like me helping you with your homework? A B C D 9. I will keep a day freely next week for our meeting. A B C D 10. She spent her free time to visit gallaries and museums last weekend. A B C D II.Read the following passage and choose the best answers to each of the questions below. My husband and I had a problem about our holiday last year. I wanted to have a lazy seaside holiday because I was tired and needed to relax. I loved lying in the sun, drinking iced beer and reading a good book. But Robert liked busy, cultural holidays. He liked visiting museums and art galleries. He hated sunbathing because he always went red, not brown. The travel agent tried to help us and suggested Greece. I said I love to sail to a quiet island, but of course Robert said he’d like to stay in Athens. It was easy to decide what to do, we flew to Athens together, Robert stayed there and I traveled to the island of Kos! 170

1.What is the passage written about? A. a trip to Greece B. a lazy seaside holiday C. a busy cultural holiday D. a problem about the holiday 2.The author ________________. A. liked sunbathing B. was tired and needed to relax C. liked a busy cultural holiday D. a & b are correct 3.What does the word ‘island’ in line 5 mean? A. a piece of land with water all around it B. a place in a desert that has trees and water C. a high piece of land that is not as high as a mountain D. a big area of salty water 4.Robert wanted ________________. A. to stay in Athens B. sunbathing C. drinking iced beer D. lazy seaside holidays 5.Kos is ________________. A. a town in Athens B. a city in Greece C. an island D. a place which has many island III. Put the following sentences into reported speech : 1. Mary said : “ I am going to the zoo .“ => Mary said she was going to the zoo . 2. Hoai said to me : “ My parents have just bought a new car . “ => Hoai said to me that her parents had just bought a new car. 3. “ The movie that I saw really was interesting , “ said Nga . => . Nga said that the movie that she had seen really had been interesting IV. Put the following into the passive voice: 1.You should open the wine about 4 hours before you use it. The wine should be opened about 4 hours before you use it. 2.The climbers has cut steps in the ice. The ice has been cut steps in by the climbers. 3.Some cleaned my shoes and brushed my suit. My shoes were cleaned and brushed my suit 4.They use that room only on special occasions. That room is used only on special occasions by them. 5.We must not hammer nails into the walls without permission. Nails must be not hammered into the walls without permission by us. 6.Someone turned on a light . A light was turned on 7.Someone has slashed the picture with a knife. The picture has been slashed with a knife 8.We are pulling down the old theatre. The old theatre is being pulled downby us. 9.Why didn’t people mend the roof before it fell in? Why wasn’t The roof ment before it fell in ? 171

10.The mob broke all the shop doors in recent riots. All the shop doors were broken in recent riots by the mob. C.Production: 1. Revise grammar & vocabulary 2. Prepare Kiểm tra học kỳ II

Week:37 Period:105

Preparing date: 11/5/19 Teaching date:18/5/19 FEEDBACK ON THE SECOND EXAM

- Ss do the part " choose the best answer " and writing well. - Ss try their best to get good marks. - Ss know how to do the test, present well, true request. - Ss understand vocabularies, language focus. *Defect: - Some Ss have many mistakes about using vocabularies. - Some Ss have many mistakes about writing sentences, using structure. - Some Ss have many mistakes about showing. - Some Ss copy other exams 3- Pay the test paper back to ss - Ss look at the tests and do the tests again by themselves. - Ss find their mistakes by themselves. - Ss share and compare with a partners. -T asks Ss to work in pairs +S1 corrects mistakes of S2's test + S2 corrects mistakes of S1's test - T calls - Ss answer one by one 4- T gives ss the answer key -T: Gives the aims of the exercise from the test. -Ss: Listen -T: Asks Ss to give the answers they did. -Ss: Give the answers they did or write on board -T: Gives the correct answers. -Ss: Listen and correct the mistakes -T: Explains some knowledge and the answers Key: - Spend time with students to ask questions about their tests, their points. - T asks Ss write key in notebook and correct their mistakes by themselves. 5-Production: - Redo the test in the notebook - Prepare new lesson

173

WEEK:20 Period:37

Preparing date: Teaching date: UNIT 6: THE ENVIRONMENT Lesson 1: - Getting started - Listen and read

I./. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students can: know more about the enviroment problems and the solutions. 2. Skills: Speaking, listening, reading 3. Attitude: - Positive about the environment. - Students know how to learn English in right way. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,… II./. PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: book, planning, picture, laptop, projector 2.Students: books, notebooks III./. PROCEDURES: TEACHER’S AND STUDENTS’ CONTENT ACTIVITIES - T says “ Today we’ll learn about the environment. Now you look at the pictures in book on page 47 and match with words in box” - T explains new words - Ss guess meaning of new words. - T reads new words twice. - Ss listen carefully and repeat. - Ss take note. - T checks new words by playing “ Slap the board” - Ask Ss to match these environmental problems to the pictures in the textbook. - Ss do individually and then Ss give the answer on the board.

1. Warmer:GETTING STARTED * New words : - Garbage dump (n) : a place where the garbage is stored : bãi rác - Deforestation (n): cutting down the trees in the forest for some purposes such as : farming , selling . . .: sự tàn phá rừng - Dynamite (n): ( translate): thuốc nổ - Spray (v) : ( action): phun - Pesticide (n): (translate) Slap the board Matching: (environmental problems to the pictures on page 47) Key: a - Air pollution. b - Spraying pesticides. c - Garbage dump. 1

- T corrects and Ss take note

d - Water pollution. e - Deforestation. f - Dynamite fishing.

Networks: - T says “The environment is becoming pollution, so what should we do in order to save environment”. - Ss discuss with a partner. - Then Ss give some ways to save the environment by playing “ Networks”

Cleaning up the streets

Save the environment

planting trees, . .. collecting the trash 2. LISTEN AND READ

-TM: Play game, practising -C: Capacity to use language -Q: Self-made and confident - T says “ Mr. Brown and some volunteer conservationists are going to clear the beach. Can you guess what they do there.” . - T gives new words on the board - Ss guess the meaning of words. - T reads new words twice and Ss repeat. - Ss take note - T checks new words by playing “what and where”.

* New words : - Shore = beach : baõi bieån - Sand (n) : caùt - Rock (n) : (real object) : ñaù, hoøn ñaù, taûng ñaù - Disappointed (adj.) ( situation): thaát voïng - Spoil = destroy:taøn phaù, phaù huyû - Pollute (v)( translate) : laøm oâ nhieãm, gaây oâ nhieãm - Pollution (n)( translation): Söï oâ nhieãm What and where

- T explains the grammar. - Ss take note.

* Grammar : Conditional type 1 If – clause Main - clause - simple present - will + V-infinitive Ex : - If we work hard, We will make this beach a clean and beautiful place again. - T gives 4 sentences on the board and asks - If I have more time, I will visit old friends. Ss guess. * GUESSING ( OPEN PREDITION) - Ss work in groups to answer the questions. 1. What is Mr. Brown going to do? - Ss give the keys on the board. 2. What is Mrs. Smith going to do? 3. What is Mr. Jones going to do? 4. How many groups does Mr. brown devide volunteer conservationists? 2

3. PRACTICE : -TM: Discussion group, technical presentâ€Ś. -C: Co-operation, communication,â€Ś -Q: Be responsible for yourself and everyone.Love country The answer - T opens the tape twice. 1. Mr. Brown is going to give the bags for - Ss listen carefully . the volunteer conservationists. - Ss answer the questions 2. Mrs. Smith is going to cook a picnic - T checks and helps Ss correct lunch for them. - Ss take note. 3. Mr. Jones is going to collect all the bags. 4. Mr. Brown divides volunteer conservationists into three groups. - T asks Ss to read the text individually. - T asks Ss to read the passage again, and ask Ss to match the names in column A with the tasks in column B. Then write the full sentences. - Ss work in group and give the keys on the board. - T calls on some Ss to read the full sentences. - T corrects and gives correct answer. - Ss take note

a) Match the names in column A with the tasks in column B. * The answer: 1) Group 1 : (f) walk along the shore. 2) Group 2 : (e) check the sand. 3) Group 3 : ( b) check among the rocks 4) Mr. Jones : (a) collect all the bags and take them to the garbage dump. 5) Mrs. Smith : (c) provide a picnic lunch for everyone. 6) Mr. brown: (d) give out the bags. b) Answer/ P.48

- T has Ss read the passage again and answer the questions in b). - T asks Ss to compare their answer with friend. - T goes around the class and provides necessary correction. - Ss give the answer on the board. - T corrects and gives correct answer and marks.

- T lets Ss work in group of three or four and discuss questions 6 & 7 in the book.

Marks Key: 1. The speaker is Mr. Brown. 2. The listeners are members of volunteer conservationists. 3. They are on the beach. 4. They are going to the beach. 5. If they work hard, they will make the beach clean and beautiful again soon. 4. FURTHER PRACTICE: Discussion: 6. Have you ever done anything similar? If 3

- Then, T calls on some Ss to answer the questions loud in front of the class. - T helps if possiple.

yes, what did you do? Where did you do? 7. If the polluttion continutes, what might happen?

5. Production - Learn new words and the grammar by heart. - Do: exercise 2/P. 41- 42 (WB) - Prepare Unit 6 - Speak -------------------0@0-------------------WEEK:20 Period:38

Preparing date: Teaching date: UNIT 6: THE ENVIRONMENT Lesson 2: Speak +Listen

I./. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students can: practice persuading their friends to protect the environment and know more about the environment problems and the solutions. 2. Skills: Speaking, listening 3. Attitude: - Positive about the environment. - Students know how to learn English in right way. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Love country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around, Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone.… II./. PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: book, planning, picture, laptop, projector 2.Students: books, notebooks III./. PROCEDURES: 1. Warmer: Jumbled words 1. opnitilulo = pollution 2. mpud = dump 3. iar = air 4. sptesecidi = pesticides 5. psary = spray TEACHER’S AND STUDENTS’

CONTENT 4

ACTIVITIES -TM: Play game, technical present…. 2 . PRE – SPEAKING : -C: Capacity to use language -Q: Self-made and be responsible for yourself and everyone. - T asks Ss work in pairs, then Ss give the * Model sentences : answer on the board - I think you should. . .: - T gives the correct words - Won’t you . . .? - It would be better if you …. - T says “ in order to try to persuade - Why don’t you . . .? someone to do something to protect the - Why not . . .? - What/ How about . . .? environment. We can use the following sentences.” - T gives model sentences on the board - T explains the way to use model sentences and reads them twice - Ss take note and repeat. - T reads the ideas cue given in the box and find new words. * New words : - T gives new words on the board. - Banana leave (n) ( real object ): lá chuối - Ss guess meaning of new words and take - lotu leave (n) ( real object): lá sen note. - Wrap (v) ( action ): gói - T reads new words twice. - Dissolve (v): change something from soild - Ss listen and repeat. and liquid condition: tiêu huỷ - T checks new words by playing “ Rub out - Trash = garbage (n): rác and remember”. - Garbage bin (n) (picture): thùng rác - T writes all the new words on the board in - Exhaust fume (n) : (situation): khói thải both English and Vietnamese. Rub out all Rub out and remember English words and ask Ss to go to the board, write these words again according to equivalences. 3.WHILE – SPEAKING : -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone. Love family, friends and country a) Try to presuade your partner to do the - T asks Ss to read the persuading following things to protect the environment. expressions and the ideas cues given in the Ex: textbook carefully. Make sure Ss A : I think it would be better if we use banana understand all of the ideas suggested. leaves instead of paper or plastic bags to wrap - T lets Ss work in pairs, persuade their food. 5

partner to do things to protect the environment as example. - T goes around and provide help if necessary. - T calls on some pairs to practice the dialogue before the class. - T corrects - Ss take note

B : Why ? How come ? A : Because plastic bags are very hard to dissolve, they will cause pollution. And if we use less paper, we can save trees in the forests. That’s how we can save the invironment. * Suggestion: 1) A : I think it would be better if we reuse and recycle bottles and cans. B : Why ? How come ? A : Because reusing and recycling bottles can reduce garbage and save natural resources. 2) A : Why don’t we put garbage bins around the school yard ? B : What for ? A : To prevent lazy students from throwing trash. That’s how we can keep the school yard clean and protect the environment. b) Find possible answer to the questionnaire. LUCKY NUMBERS

T asks Ss to do individually to find the answers to the questionnaire. - T checks by playing “ Lucky members “. The answer 1. write on both sides of the paper, recycle used paper. 2. Lucky number. 3. save plastic bags, clean and reuse. 4. don’t throw waste and garbage into the streams, lakes, even oceans. 5. Lucky number. 6. throw garbage into the waste bins. 7. use less private vehicles and don’t release pollutants into the air. 8. try to use and recycle things

5 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

How can we save paper ? Lucky number. How can we use fewer plastic bags ? How can we reduce water pollution? Lucky number. How can we prevent littering ? How can we reduce air pollution ? How can we reduce the amount of gabage we produce ?

c) Now discuss with a partner the best way to protect the environment. Suggestion: 6

- Ask Ss to work in close pairs. - Ss pairs practice the dialogue before the class. - T corrects - Ss take note

T asks Ss to work in group discussing what they should or shouldn’t do.

-TM: Play game, practising, discussion group -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone. T provides some necessary words - Ss guess meaning of new words. - T reads new words twice and Ss take note.

1) A : I think it would be better if we recycle used paper. B : How can we do that? I think only factory can. A : What about writing on sides of the paper? Everyone can do that. B : Good idea! Let’s do that. 2) A :Why not save plastic bags by using banana leaves to wrap food? B : But not all food can be wrapped with banana leaves ! A : How about saving plastic bags, cleaning them and reusing them. B : That’s a good idea. Let’s do that. 4.POST – SPEAKING : Discussion: should shouldn’t - use banana leaves - throw waste or instead of plastic garbage onto water. bags. . . . . . . . .. - put garbage bins around the school yard. ......... 4.1. PRE – LISTENING :

* New words - Raw sewing (n): untreated waste water: nuôùc thaûi chöa qua xöû lí. - Oil spill (n) ( translate): daàu thaûi/ ñoã. - Pump (v): ( tranlate): bôm - regulation(n) = rule: quy luaät, noäi quy - marine life(n):plants and animals of the occean:sinh vaät bieån - T reviews new words by playing “slap the Slap the board board” * Guessing: 7

- T divides class into small groups and asks them to guess how the ocean is polluted. - T calls some Ss to explain their ideas in front of class. - T says “ you are going to listen to a report on how our oceans are polluted. Study the notes carefully then listen to the tape and complete the notes”.

- T plays the tape more than once if necessary. - T gets Ss to listen to the tape and complete the notes. - Ask Ss to compare the answers with their partners. - Call on some Ss to read aloud the answer. - T corrects -Ss take note.

- T divides class into two teams. Each team gives one sentence to have words in the box. Which team do the best sentences is the winner. - T guides her Ss to do Production.

How the ocean is polluted Firstly : raw sewing is pumped directly into the sea. Second : ………………… dropped into the sea. Thirdly : oil spill ………………………………… . Next : …………………………………………… . Finally : ………………………………………… . 4.2.WHILE – LISTENING : * The answer How the ocean is polluted Firstly : raw sewing is pumped directly into the sea. Secondly : garbage is dropped into the sea. Thirdly : oil spill come from ships at sea. Next : waste materials coem from factories. Finally : oil is washed from the land 4.3. POST – LISTENING : Noughts and crosses Garbage Pollution Recycle Paper Trash Reuse Banana Raw sewing Exhaust leaves fume Ex: - We should put garbage in the garbage bin

5. Production: - Leanr model sentences and new words by heart. - Do exercise 3/P.42 (WB)- Prepare Unit 6 - Read -------------------0@0-------------------Kiểm tra ngày tháng

năm 2019

………………………………………………………………………………. 8

……………………………………….

WEEK:21 Period:39

Preparing date:07/1/19 Teaching date:14/1/19 UNIT 6: THE ENVIRONMENT Lesson 3 : Read

I./. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students can understand the poem with some old English about the environment about the environment problems 2. Skills: Reading. 3. Attitude: - Positive about the environment. - Students know how to learn English in right way. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Love country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around, Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone.… II./. PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: book, planning, picture, laptop, projector 2.Students: books, notebooks III./. PROCEDURES: TEACHER’S AND STUDENTS’ ACTIVITIES

CONTENT 1. WARM UP : 9

- T has Ss work in groups, ask and answer the following questions about poetry.

Questions: - Do you like poetry? - Do you often read poetry? - Who is your favorite poet? - Have you ever read a poem in English? - What is it? Do you understand it?

T says “ today we’ll learn the poem about the environment. Before reading the poem, we discuss to some new words in order to understend the lesson easily”

2. PRE – READING : -TM: Play game, practising -C: Capacity to use language -Q: Self-made and confident - T gives new words on the board. - Ss guess meaning of new words. - T reads new words twice and Ss listen carefully and then repeat. - T corrects new words by playing “Rub out and remember” - Ss take note.

* New words -Junk- yard = dump (n): nơi chứa đồ phế thải thaûi. - Treasure (n): a place put many money, gold, silver: kho báu - Tin (n): (real object): thiếc - Foam (n) ( picture): bọt - Hedge (n) = fence: hàng rào - Nonsense (n) (translate): vô lý - Silly (adj) : ( translate ): ngớ ngẩn * Rub out and remember

- T gives examples to review the conditional sentence type 1 - Ss take note

Reviews: conditional sentence type 1 Ex: - T says “In this poem, a mother and her son - If the pollution goes on, the world will end are having a picnic in a park. The son sees that up like a second hand junk yard. - If we throw trash into the street, it will the place is polluted. He asks his mother the problems of pollution. You listen carefully and polllute the environment. answer the question”. * Guessing 1. How many people are there in the poem ? What is their relationship ? 2. Where are they ? 3. What problem of the environment is mentioned in the poem ? 4. What did his mother think about pollution? 3. WHILE – READING : -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Be responsible for yourself and everyone. 10

- Ss read the poem and answer the questions. - T says “ Now you read a poem about environment again. Please scan the poem and answer the following questions.” - Ss work in pairs. And then Ss practice the answer before the class. - T corrects.

* The answer 1. there are two ( mum and son ) 2. probably in the forest or park. 3. pollution. 4. His mother thinks the world will end up like a second – hand junk – yard.

- Ss read the poem silent and try to understand meaning of the poem. a. Match each word in A to an appropriate - T can divide the poem into the following explanation B . phrases ( 1-2; 3-4-5-6 ; 7-8 ; 9 –10 ; 11-12-13MATCHING 14-15-16; ) A B - T encourages Ss to guess the meaning of the 1. junk – yard a. a row of things word if they don’t know some words. forming a fence. - Ss work in group 2. end –up b. people - T gets Ss to compare their answer with a 3. treasure c. a piece of land friend. full of rubbish. - T calls on some Ss to answer the questions. 4. foam d. a flow of water - T corrects. 5. stream e. mass of dubbles - Ss take note of air or gas. 6. hedge f. valuable or precious things 7. folk g. reach a state of The answer 1.c 2.g 3.f 4.e 5.d 6.a 7.b b) Answer . 1. If the pollution goes on, the world will end up like a second hand junk yard. 2. The mother thinks orthe folk pollute the environment but not her and son. 3. If the boy keeps on asking such questions, his mother will take him home right away. 4. No. Because he is right: if he throws the bottles that will be polluting the woods. 5. The poet wants us to learn that everyone is responsible for keeping the environment from pollution. 6. Ss’ own answer.

- T asks Ss to read the poem more carefully and answer the questions. This task can be done in pairs. - T calls on some Ss to read their answers aloud in class. - T corrects - Ss take note

4. POST – READING : WHAT . . . IF ?

- T divides the class into two teams (team A 11

and B) - Each group gets 5 sentences with only “ Ex: If” half. Team A: - If you throw rubbish into street, - Team A read its half and team B have to Team B : - it will pollute the environment. complete the sentence with the iead on the to protect our environment. 5 .PRODUCTION: - Learn by heart new words, conditional sentence type 1. - Do exercise 8 /P.45 (WB) - Preapare Unit 6 - WRITE + review a complaint letter Question : How many parts does a complaint letter have? What are they -------------------0@0-------------------WEEK:21 Period:40

Preparing date:12/1/19 Teaching date:19/1/19 UNIT 6: THE ENVIRONMENT Lesson 4: Write

I./. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students can write a complaint letter with the right format and language 2. Skills: Writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about the environment. - Students know how to learn English in right way. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Love country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around, Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone.… II./. PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: book, planning, picture, laptop, projector 2.Students: books, notebooks III./. PROCEDURES: TEACHER’S AND STUDENTS’ CONTENT ACTIVITIES 1. WARM UP: - T checks two Ss . Brainstorming: - Ss give the answer on the board. ( What is a formal letter ? ) - T corrects and gives marks * Answer: 1. Sender’s address. 2. Receiver’s address. 12

1. Situation 2. Body . 3. Signature. 2. PRE- WRITING: -TM: Play game, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Self-made and confident - Divide class into four small groups. Give them an A 4 size paper. Ask them to write the main parts of a formal letter on the paper in a good position. - The team which has enough necessary details and finish in the shortest time is the winner.

Matching: 1. Situation problem. 2. Complication politely. 3. Resolution suggestion 4. Action writing 5. Politeness action. * Answer : 1. d) 2. a)

- T says “ Today we will learn to write a complaint letter. A letter has five sections. Now you match what five section are .” - Ss work in pairs, then Ss give the answer on the board. - T corrects. - Ss take note.

a) mentions the b) ends the letter c) makes a d) states the season for e) talk about future

3. c)

4. e)

5. b)

26 Tran Phu Street. Ha Noi. Octorber 9, 2003 The director L& P Transport Company. 431 Le Loi Boulevard. Dear Sir/ Madam. R

- T says “ Mr Nhat wrote a complaint letter to the director of L & P company in HCM. The five sections of the letter are not in the right order. Label each section with appropriate letter S, C, R, A, or P”. - Ss work in group. - T corrects.

S A C 13

I would suggest that your company should tell your drivers to clean up all the trash on the ground before leaving. I am writing to you about the short stop of your trucks around my house on their way to the north. I look forward to hearing from you and seeing good response from your company. When the truck of your company has

- T asks Ss to read the aloud the letter with the correct order. - T asks Ss. - Ss answer freely.

a short break on the streets around my house, the drivers have left lots of garbage on the ground after their refreshment. When the truck leave the place, the ground is covered with trash and a few minutes later there is smell and flies. Faithfully Tran Vu Nhat.

- “ Have you ever seen people use electricity to catch fish?” where? “. - T gives new words and reads . - Ss take note and repeat. Then do slap the board. - Have Ss to work in group, write a letter to the head of local authorities to complain about the way of catching fish in the lake behind your house. Follow S, C, R , A, P format. -TM: Practising, discussion group -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Love country - Ss work in group. Each group writes one part. - Ss give the answer on the board. - T corrects . - Ss take note.

* New words: - Float (v) ( situation) : nồi, trôi nổi - Frog (n) ( picture) : ếch, nhái - Toad ( n) ( picture) : con cóc Slap the board 3. WHILE – WRITING :

Suggestion: 12 Hong Ha street. Tan Chau town, Tay Ninh province

February, 3rd, 2009

Dear Mr President. I am writing to you about the problem of fish catching in the lake behind my house. I am very worried because they don’t use fishing rod or net but use electricity to catch fish. After a short time they leave the lake, a lot of small fish die and float on the water surface. Other animals such as frogs, toads and even birds have also died from electric shock waves. I would suggest the local authorities should prohibit and fine heavily anyone using this way of catching fish. I am looking forward to hearing from you and seeing the actions taken to protect the 14

- T gives some statements. - Ss work in 4 groups to put the statements in the correct order. - Ss give the answer on the board. - T corrects.

environment from the local authority. Your faithfully. 4. POST -WRITING : Ordering statements: 1) Sincerely, Tom Baker. 2) I suggest they should lower the volume after 9 pm. 3) I am writing the noise caused by Karaoke shop near my house. 4) I am looking forward to hearing from you and seeing how you can solve this problem. 5) Dear Mr President. 6) They play music very loudly, so I can not study in the evening and sleep at night. * Answer : 5 -3 -6 -2 -4 -1

5.Production : - Learn the format of a complain letter and new words by heart. - Do exercises 5, 6, 7 pages 43, 44 (WB) - Prepare Unit 6 - Language focus /P.53-56 + Adj & Adv . + As/ Because/ Since. + Adj + Clause. + Conditional sentence type 1 -------------------0@0-------------------Kiểm tra ngày 14 tháng 1 năm 2019 ……………………………………………………………………………. ……………………………………….

WEEK:22 Period:41

Preparing date:14/1/19 Teaching date:21/1/19 UNIT 6: THE ENVIRONMENT Lesson 5 :Language Focus + test 15’

I./. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students can use of adjectives and adverbs, adverb of clause and the conditional sentence type 1. 2. Skills: Use of English 3. Attitude: - Positive about the environment. - Students know how to learn English in right way. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Love country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around, Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone.… II./. PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: book, planning, picture, laptop, projector 2.Students: books, notebooks 16

III./. PROCEDURES: 1.TEST 15' Choose the correct options below to fill in the blanks in order to make a complete passage These days it is impossible to open a newspaper without (1)_________about the damage we are doing to the environment. The Earth is being threatened (2)______ the future looks bad. (3)__________can each of us do? We cannot (4)________ up our polluted rivers and seas overnight. Nor can we stop the (5) ________of plants and animals. But we can stop adding to the problem (6) ________scientists look for answers. It may not be easy to change your lifestyle (7) ________ but some steps are easy to take: cut down the amount of driving you do, or use as little plastic as possible. It is also easy to save money (8) ________ also reduces household bills. We (9) ________ all make a personal decision to work for the future of our planet if we want to ensure a better world (10) ________ our grandchildren. 1.A. reading B. read C. to read D. reads 2.A. and B. however C. so D. moreover 3.A. Where B. When C. Why D. What 4.A. cleaning B. to clean C. clean D. cleaned 5.A. appear B. appearance C. disappear D. disappearance 6.A. since B. during C. while D. within 7.A. complete B. completeness C. completely D. to complete 8.A. which B. who C. whose D. whom 9.A. has to B. ought C. must D. better 10A. from B. for C. to D. in Sentence Key Sentence Key 1 A 6 C 2 A 7 C 3 D 8 A 4 C 9 C 5 D 10 B 2- New lesson TEACHER’S AND STUDENTS’ ACTIVITIES -TM: Practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Self-made and confident

CONTENT 1. Activity 1: Change the adjective into adverbs. + Adjectives ( “adj” or “a”): bổ nghĩa cho danh từ và đại từ Ex: He is a good teacher. Adj N Ex: She is beautiful. S Adj 17

- T explains the use of adjectives and adverbs. - Ss follow and take note.

+ Adverbs ( adv): bổ nghĩa cho bất cứ loại từ gì trừ danh từ và đại từ Ex: My teacher teaches English well. V adv Ex: It is a very beatiful house. Adv adj Ex: Newpapers are widely read all over the world. V adv + Formation of adverbs from adjectives : Adj + ly = Adv + Use : We use adverbs of manner to modify the verb. It usually goes after the main verb.

- T lets Ss know how to change the adjectives into adverbs. - Ss do as T guides, then they do the exercise to apply.

Adjective Extreme Good Happy Sad Slow

Adverbs Extremely Well Happily Sadly Slowly

Key:

-TM: Practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Self-made and confident

a. extremely b. slowly c. sadly d. happily e. well 2. Activity 2:Join the pairs of sentences together. Use because, as, or since

Adverb clauses of reason As Because + clause Since EX: 1. It’s very hot. We can’t sleep well. Bacause/ As/ Since it’s very hot, we can’t sleep well. 2. He failed the exams. He is too lazy. He failed the exams because/ as/ since he is too lazy. * Answer: a) Ba is tired because/as/since he stayed up late watching Tv. b) I have a broken leg because I fell over while I 18

-TM: Practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Self-made and confident

was playing basketball. c) I’m going to be late for school because/as/since the bus is late. d) I broke the cup because/as/since I was careless. e) I want to go home because/as/since I feel sick. f) I’m hungry because/as/since I haven’t eaten all day. 3. Activity 3: Complete the dialogue. Use the words in brackets

Adj + that – clause Form: S + Be + Adj + that- clause - T introduces the adverb clauses of reason and explains by examples. - Ss follow, take note and do the exercise to apply.

Ex: I am pleased that you are working hard. Ex: She is happy that her son gets 10 marks. 1. Afraid - lucky 2. Disappoited - pleased 3. Glad - sure 4. Happy - sad 5. Helpful - excited 6. Hopeful - amazed 7. Sorry b) Mrs Quyen : When are you going on vacation with your family, Sally? Mrs Robinson: Tomorrow, I’m excited that I can go to Da Lat this time. c) Lan: I’m sorry that I broke your bicycle yesterday. Tien: Don’t worry. I can fix it. d) Liz: I forgot to tell you I was going to Lan’s place. Mr Robison: I’m disappointed that you did not phone me about it. e) Miss Lien: Congratulations! Nga: I’m amazed that I could win first prize 19

- T explains the structure and lets Ss practice in pairs the struture by completing the dialogue in the book. - Some pairs are called on to read the completed dialogues aloud. - T gives the correct answer.

- T helps Ss remember the condictional sentences â€“ type1 - Ss do the exercise to apply.

4. Activity 4: Match each half- sentence in column A with a suitable one in column B + Conditional sentences - type 1: If - clause Main â€“ clause - Simple present - Will + V-inf - Be ( is, are, am) - Simple present Ex:1) If she studies hard, she (pass) the first If she studies exam. hard, she will pass the first exam 2) They will visit Hue if they ( have) more They will visit Hue time. if they have more time. * Answer: 1. e 2.a 3.c 4.d 5.b Exercise 5: Complete the sentences: Key: b. -----, the environment will become seriously polluted. c. -----, we will have more shade and fresh air. d. -----, the vegetable will become poisonous and inedible. e. ----, we will live happier and healthier life.

5. Production - Learn the grammar by heart. - Do exercises 9,10 page 46 in ex.book. - Prepare Unit 7 - Getting started & Listen and read. * answer: What should we do to reduce/ save energy WEEK:22 Period:42

-------------------0@0-------------------Preparing date:19/1/19 Teaching date:26/1/19 UNIT 7: SAVING ENERGY Lesson 1: - Getting started - Listen and read

I./. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students can understand the dialogue and the ways to save energy. 2. Skills: Speaking, listening, reading 3. Attitude: - Positive about energy. - Students know how to learn English in right way. 4. Competence and quality: 20

4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone.Love country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,… II./. PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: book, planning, picture, laptop, projector 2.Students: books, notebooks III./. PROCEDURES: TEACHER’S AND CONTENT STUDENTS’ACTIVITIES 1. WARM UP: GETTING STARTED - T introduces new lesson by asking Ss look at pictures in part 1 in Getting started ( Brainstorming 30 seconds). ( save energy ) - Ss work in group and make a list of things - We should turn off the lights when the family could do to save energy. unnecessary. - We should turn off the TV and radio when noboby watches or listens. - T opens the pictures and corrects. - We should turn off the foucet when there is enough water supply. -TM: Play game, practising 2. LISTEN AND READ -C: Capacity to use language -Q: Self-made and confident - T says “ Now we will learn about the * New words: dialogue, Mrs Vui is talking with her - Bill (n) ( real object): neighbor, Mrs Ha about her water bill. You - Crack (n) ( situation): will listen to the tape once and fine the - Plumber (n)( situation): new words”. - Drip (v) (action): - Ss listen to the tape and find new words. - Faucet (n) (picture): - T gives the words on th board. - Enormous (adj) = big : - T reads the words twice and Ss repeat. Rub out and remember - Ss take note. - T checks the words by playing “ Rub out and remember”. - Then T explains the grammar. * The grammar: - Ss listen and take note. S + suggest + Ving - T hang the poster of statements on the Ex: - She suggests playing table tennis. board and asks Ss to guess which - They suggest ( go) to Hue. statements are true or false. They suggest going to Hue - Ss work in pairs and guess. True-False prediction: 21

1. Mrs. Ha is worried about her water bill. 2. Mrs. Mi gives Mrs. Ha advice on how to save water. 3. Mrs. Ha has checked the pipes in her house and found no cracks. 4. Mrs. Ha suggests getting some tool to check cracks in the pipes. 5. Mrs. Mi suggests taking shower to save water. 3. PRACTICE: -TM: Practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Self-made be responsible for yourself and everyone. - T plays the tape once and Ss listen carefully. - Ss work in pairs to practice the dialogue aloud (3 pairs). - T asks Ss to read the dialogue again and decide the statements in the boxes are True or False. Then Ss correct the false ones. - Ss work in pairs, then Ss give the answer on the board. - T corrects . - Ss take note. - T gives cued words on the board. - Ss work in pairs to make suggestions about saving energy. Some pairs present their work. - T corrects and marks.

a. Practice the dialogue with a partner: b. True or False? Check the boxes. Then correct the false statements: Key: 1-T 2-T 3- F (Mrs. Ha hasn’t checked the pipes yet) 4- F (Mrs. Mi suggests getting a plumber to check cracks in the pipes) 5- T 4.Further practice: Word cue-drill: 1. turn off/ lights/ before/ leave/ room. 2. get a plumber/ make sure there/ no cracks in the pipes. 3. repair dripping faucets. 4. take/ shower/ instead/ having/ baths.

5. Production - Learn new words and the grammar by heart. - Do exercise 3 page 48 in ex.book.-

Kiểm tra ngày tháng năm 2019 ……………………………………… ………………………………………. ……………………………………….

WEEK:23 Period:43

Preparing date:21/1/19 Teaching date:28/1/19 UNIT 7: SAVING ENERGY Lesson 2: Speak, listen

I./. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students can make suggestions to suggest ways to save energy and listen know more about solar energy 2. Skills: Speaking, listening, 3. Attitude: - Positive about energy. - Students know how to learn English in right way. 23

Suggestions Response I think + V(ing) Ok. I think we should . . . That’s a good idea. Shall we . . .? All right. Why don’t we+ No, I don’t want to V(inf)? I prefer to . . . How about+ V(ing) ? Let’s . . . . What abou + V(ing) ? Let’s + V( inf) . . ? 3. WHILE – SPEAKING :

-TM: Practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Self-made and be responsible for yourself and everyone. a) Make suggestions about how to save energy: A)- I suggest fixing the faucet. - T uses the pictures page 59 and asks - I think we should should turn off the faucet. Ss to make suggestions. B) – I think we should turn off the gas fire/ gas - Ss give the answer on the board. cooker. - T corrects . C) I suggest turning off the fan. - Ss take note. D) I think we should turn off the air conditioner. E) Why don’t we turn off the TV when no one 24

- Ss work in group of four. Practice the dialogue( example) page 59. - Then Ss make the plan to save energy.

watches it. F) I think we should turn off the faucet. G) I suggest going by bike instead of motorbike. H) I suggest going to school by bus / Let’s go to school by bus. b) Work in group of four. Work out an action plan to save energy for your class. Possible answer: 1) A: I sugges going toschool by bike instead of going by motorbike to save energy. B: That’s a good idea. C: How about making posters on energy saving and hanging them around our school? D) Great ! Let’s do that. 2) A: I think we should turn off all the lights before the class. B: That’s a good idea. C: What about going school by bus? D: Great! Let’s take bus to school every day. 4. POST – SPEAKING: Discussion : Make suggestions about how to study English better/ help poor people/ be a good students… 4.1. PRE-LISTENING:

-TM: Play game, practising -C: Capacity to use language -Q: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone.

T: explains the lesson and gives the words Ss: take note T: guides Ss to read and then she lets them do rub out and remember.

Pre-teach: - Solar (a): thuéc vÒ mÆt trêi - Panel(n):tÊm kim läai - nuclear power(n): n¨ng lưîng h¹t nh©n - effective(adj): hiÖu qu¶ - install(v): cµi ®Æt Rub out and remember

- T asks Ss to look at the statements on page 60 and has they work in pairs a. True/False prediction/ P.60 and guess which statements are true and which one are false. -Ss give feedback -T has Ss listen to the tape twice and 4.2. WHILE-LISTENING: 25

check their prediction. Keys: -T gets Ss to correct the false 1. T sentences and call some for the 2. F - Most of our electricity comes from the answers. use of coal, gas, oil, nuclear power. - T gives Ss the key 3. F 1% of solar energy…………………. 4. T 5. F 2015 - T has Ss look at ex 4b on page 60 b. Listen again and fill in each blank with one and work in pairs to guess the words word you hear. in the blanks Key: -Ss give feedback 1. effective 2. pollution 3. countries -T has Ss listen to the tape again and 4. store 5. roof 6. instead fill in the gaps. If Ss can’t finish, let them listen once more. -T calls some Ss for the answer -T gives Ss the key. T: gives tasks 4.3.POST-LISTENING: Correct mistakes: 1. I suggest turn off the lights. 2. I think we should taking shower 3. What about go to school by bike? Keys: 1. turning 2, Take 3. going 5. PRODUCTION: - Learn suggestions and response by heart. - Do exercises 5,6 pages 49/ 50 in ex.book. - Prepare "Read" -------------------------------------------------------

WEEK:24 Period:44

Preparing date:4/2/19 Teaching date:11/2/19 UNIT 7: SAVING ENERGY Lesson 3: Read

I./. OBJECTIVES: 26

1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students can know more about how North America, European countries saves energy. 2. Skills: Reading 3. Attitude: - Positive about energy. - Students know how to learn English in right way. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone. Love country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,… II./. PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: book, planning, picture, laptop, projector 2.Students: books, notebooks III./. PROCEDURES: TEACHER’S AND STUDENTS’ CONTENT ACTIVITIES 1. WARM UP: T: asks Ss question Chatting Ss: practice in groups How can we do to save electricity? Suggested answers - Turning of the lights when we do not use them. - Using ordinary bulb instead of one. - …………………….. 2. PRE-READING: -TM: Play game, practising -C: Capacity to use language -Q: Self-made and confident T: gives and explains * New words: Ss: guess the meaning - scheme(n): kế hoạch T: guides Ss to read - consumer(n): khách hàng - innovation(n):sự đổi mới - ultimately(adv): cuối cùng, tóm lại Matching -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Be responsible for yourself and everyone.

3. WHILE-READING:

T: lets Ss read the text and then choose the best summary. Ss: practice individually and give the key T: corrects

a. Multiple choice: Key: 3. North America and European countries are interested in saving money and natural resources.

b. Answer the questions: keys T: asks Ss to read the passage again and then 1. They are interested in products that will answer the questions not only work effectively but also save Ss: practice in pairs and then write the energy. answers on the board 2. To spend less on lighting we replace an T: corrects ordinary 100 watt-light bulbs by using energy saving bulbs. 3. She will pay US $ 2. 4. The purpose of the labeling scheme is to tell the consumers how energy efficient each model is, compare with the other appliances in the same category. 4. POST- READING: Discuss T: gives questions and asks Ss to discuss - Why should we save energy? Ss: practice in pairs - What should we do to save money and natural T: corrects and gives marks resources? * Suggested answers - Because we can save money as well as natural resources. - Use solar energy instead of coal, gas, oil. - Turn off the faucets, TV, radio when we do T: gives the tasks not use them. - Reduce the amount of water and electricity we use. - …………………………….. 5. Production: - Answer the questions again - Prepare: unit 7 lesson 4 write

WEEK:24 Period:45

Preparing date:9/2/19 Teaching date:16/2/19 28

UNIT 7: SAVING ENERGY Lesson 4: Write I./. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students can write a simple speech and present it before the class. 2. Skills: Writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about energy. - Students know how to learn English in right way. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around, Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone.… II./. PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: book, planning, picture, laptop, projector 2.Students: books, notebooks III./. PROCEDURES: 1. Warmer: Revision: 4' T reads the new words of the old lesson, ss write in notebooks TEACHER’S AND STUDENTS’ ACTIVITIES -TM: Play game -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Self-made and confident

CONTENTS 2. PRE – WRITING :

-Vocabulary : Jumbled words 1.usm pu = sum up -Write the words are in a random order on the 2.ioatnetnt = attention board. 3.aeidtl = detail -Divide the class into two team. Ss from two 4.disosl = solid teams go to the borad and write the correct 5.fradt = draft words -The team which write more correct words first win the game. -Introduce the three parts of a speech: A speech usually has three parts: Introduction , Body, Conclusion Introduction , Body and Conclusion. -Have Ss match each part of a speech in a) Match each part of a speech in column A to a suitable function in column B column A to a suitable function in -Give feedback column B. A B 29

Parts of a Function speech 1..Introduction A.summing up what you 2.Body have said. 3.Conclusion B.getting people’s attention and telling them what you are going to talk about. C.giving details in easyto –understand language 1- B 2- C 3- A Questions: +What does the introduction do? -Ask Ss some questions to check their answers. +What ‘s the function of the body? -TM: discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Be responsible for yourself and everyone.

3. WHILE WRITING:

-Have Ss put the sections in b) on page 62 in correct order to form a speech. -Call on some Ss to read aloud the speech. -Help Ss present the speech before class naturally.

c)Choose one of the following topics and prepare a speech. -Divide the class into 3 groups -Ask each group to write a speech about one of these topics: -Move around and help Ss when they have difficulties in writing

Ordering b)Put the following sections in the correct place to complete a speech. Answer: 1.Good evening, ladies and gentlemen. I’m Professor Roberts and tonight I’m going to tell you how to save money. 2.Most of us use too much gas. You can reduce this amount by: -Traveling by bicycle or public transport. -Having a mechanic check your motorbike regularly. 3.If you follow these simple rules, not only will you save money, but also the environment will be cleaner. c)Choose one of the following topics and prepare a speech. +Reduce garbage +Reusing paper +Saving energy in the kitchen.

4. POST WRITING : Topic: Saving energy in the kitchen. -Call one of each group to present the speech Suggested answer: before class. Good morning ladies and gentlement, My -Correct their mistakes name is ……and today I’m going to tell you 30

how to save money. Most of us use too much electricity, especially in the kitchen. You can reduce this amount by: -Turning off the lights before leaving the kitchen. -Preparing food carefully before turning on the stove. -Keeping refrigerator door closed. If you follow these simple rules, you’ll not only save money, but also conserve the resource. 5 . Production - Copy down one of these speeches in their notebooks - Prepare for the next period: Languagefocus(Unit 7) Kiểm tra ngày 11 tháng 2 năm 2019 ……………………………………… ………………………………………. ……………………………………….

WEEK:24 Period:46

Preparing date:11/2/19 Teaching date:18/2/19 UNIT 7: SAVING ENERGY Lesson 5 Language focus

I./. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students can use connectives, phrasal verbs and make suggestions 2. Skills: Speaking, listening, use of English 3. Attitude: - Positive about energy. - Students know how to learn English in right way. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone.Love country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,… II./. PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: book, planning, picture, laptop, projector 2.Students: books, notebooks III./. PROCEDURES: 1. Warmer: Revision: 4' T reads the new words of the old lesson, ss write in notebooks TEACHER’S AND STUDENTS’ ACTIVITIES

CONTENTS

-TM: Practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Self-made and confident

2. ACTIVITY 1 :Connectives

-Have Ss go to the board and write down the connectives they have learnt -Give feeback -Ask Ss to work in pairs to compare their answers. -Have some Ss raed aloud the completed sentences -Check their pronunciation and the meaning.

1.Complete the sentences. Use the correct connectives. a.and b.but c.because d.therefore e.or f.so g.and. h.However.

- And, but, or, because, so, therefore, however,…

3.ACTIVITY 2 : phrasal verbs 32

-TM: Practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Self-made and confident -Provide Ss 5 verbs + prepositions and then ask them to match the verbs with the pictures on page 64. -Give Ss the meaning of the prasal verbs -Have Ss work in pairs to do ex 2 -Call some Ss to give the answers -Ask some Ss to read the completed sentences aloud.

2.Compplete the sentences. Use the phrasal verbs in the box: a. look after b.go on c.Turn on d.looked for e.turn off

4.ACTIVITY 3 : Make suggestions -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Self-made and confident

1. Suggest + V-ing Ex: I suggest walking to school. a. your class wants to help the poor in the neighborhood of your school.

-Remind Ss the way to make suggestion with “suggest” -I suggest collecting some money. -I suggest collecting unused clothes. -I suggest organizing a show to raise money. -I suggest giving lassons to poor chilren. -Ask Ss to make more sentences. -Introduce the situation of ex 3 a), and -I suggest helping poor families with their chores. explain how to do it. … -Then ask Ss to do the ex individually -Call some Ss to write their sentences on the 2. Suggest + that + S + should… Ex: I suggest that we should walk to school . board. -Call some to read aloud b. Your friends wants to improve his / her -Correct and give the keys English. The following ideas may help you: Ex: I suggest (that) you should work harder on your pronuciation. -I suggest (that) you should write sentences with new words. -I suggest (that) you should speak English. I suggest that you should buy a new dictionary. I suggest that you should do some reading every day. 5. PRODUCTION : 33

- Do the exercises again. - Write sentences using connectives - Review the lesson from unit 6 to unit 7 for TEST

WEEK:25 Period:47

Preparing date:16/2/19 Teaching date:23/2/19 WRITTEN TEST N 3

I./. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students can use the GRAMMAR AND VOCABS from unit 6 to unit 7 to do the test well 2. Skills: Speaking, listening, use of English, reading, writing 3. Attitude: - Students know how to learn English in right way. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,â€Ś - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone.â€Ś II./. PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: laptop, paper test 2.Students: knowledge ... III./.MATRIX

IV. TEST PART I : LISTEN Listen to the news carefully then decide whether the following sentences are true or false.(1 pt) 1.Solar energy can be cheap and clean . 2.Most of our electricity now comes from nuclear power. 3.The solar energy that gets to the Earth can’t provide enough power for the world’s population . 4.Solar energy can be used on cloudy days. PART II: GRAMMAR AND VOCAB 1.Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest (1pt). B. match C. chemical D. armchair 5.A. chore 6.A. mend B. semester C. letter D. report B. pan C. transmit D. safety 7.A. match 8.A. knife B. socket C. desk D. bookself 2. Circle the best option A, B, C or D to complete each of the following sentences (2pts). 9. I'm disappointed ............. people have spoiled this area. A. if B. with C. when D. that 10.You should get a ........... to check the pipes A. worker B. plumber C. waiter D. mechanic 11. Find the mistake: If the rice paddies are polluted, the rice plants die. A. are B. if C. polluted D. die 12.She is very tired; ..............., she has to finish her homework. A. however B. and C. so D. therefore 13.She looked at me .......... when I came home late. A. happily B. angry C. angrily D. happy 14.I suggest you .............. practice speaking English every day. A. must B. should C. can D. have to 15. I think you should use tree leaves for .............. food. A. recycling B. rolling C. making D. wrapping 16. There is too much traffic,……………the air is polluted. A. however B. so C. moreover

D. although

17. If a disaster …………… in an area, people from other areas will offer help. A. happens B. will happen C. happen D. happened 35

18. We stayed at home …………… it rained heavy. A. and B. so C. because

D. but

PART IV: READ 1.Choose the word (a, b, c or d) that best fits each of the blank spaces (1,25pt) In Western countries, electricity, gas, and water are not (19)_______ but necessities. Companies now realize that consumers want products that will not only work effectively, but also save money. For most North American households, lighting (20)_______ for 10 percent to 15 percent of the electricity bill. However, this amount can be reduced by (21)_______ an ordinary 100-watt light bulb with an energy-saving bulb.These bulbs use a quarter (22)_______ the electricity of standard bulbs and last eight times longer. Therefore (23)_______ can save about US$7 to US$21 per bulb. 19. A. luxuries B. beautiful C. carefull D. cheap 20. A. save B. waste C. make D. give 21. A. to replace B. replacing C. reusing D. reuse 22. A. of B. in C. next D. to 23. A. farmer B. products C. consumers D. lighting 2. Read the following passage and choose the item (a, b, c or d) that best answers each of questions about it (1,25 pt). Every day on radio, on TV, and in the newspapers, we hear, see, or read about many problems in the world, for example, pollution problems. Air pollution is the first kind. It's mostly comes from fums released from motorbikes, cars, airplanes, trains, and poisonous gases amitted from factories. Also waste is dumped anywhere, even in the city where many people are living. The second pollution problem is sea pollution. Many people earn their living from fishing in the sea, and the fish they catch feed many people. But the sea has become so polluted from oil spills and factory wastes that the fish are dying. This pollution is not only killing the fish, but is also affecting those people who eat fish. Seldom do you find a places nowadays that is not polluted. This problem is growing more difficult every day. We must find a good solution that makes the world a better place to live. 24. Every day on radio, on TV, and in the newspapers, we hear, see, or read about ___________ A. rain B. pollution problems C. cars D. motorbikes 25. What causes the air pollution? A. all are correct B. fumes from vehicles C. poisonous gases from factories D. waste from everywhere 26. The sea has become polluted because oil spills and___________ A. killing the fish B. oil spills C. factories wastes D. smoke from factories 27. In order to make the world a better place to live, we________ 36

A. should kill the fish B. should find a good solution C. None is correct D. should not prevent pollution 28. We hear, see and read about problems in the world_________ A. every week B. every year C. once a week D. every day PART IV: WRITE 1.Identify and choose one underlined word or phrase that is incorrect (1pt): 29. I think we should taking a shower instead of a bath to save energy. A. instead of

B. to save

C. think

D. taking.

30. He met many friends which encouraged him in his work. A. him

B. which

C. met

D. his work.

31.Although my sister was tired, but she helped me with my homework. A. but

B. was

C. Although

D. with.

C. is

D. that.

32. Mr. Hoang, thatis sits to me,is Tom’s father. A. sits

B. father

2.Rewrite the following sentences. (2pts) 33. Turn off the lights before going out. I think we should…………………………………… 34. Let’s go for a walk. How about………………………………………………? 35. I think we should save energy. I suggest that…………………………………………… 36. He doesn’t help his mother with housework. He wishes…………………………………………………

V. KEY 1. 0,25 p for each correct sentences Sentence 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Key T F F T C D D A

Sentence 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 37

Key A C A B B A C B

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

D B D A C B D B

25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

A C C D D B A D

WRITE: 2 .0,5 p for each correct sentence. 1. turn off the lights before going out. 2. going for a walk 3. we should save energy 4. he helped his mother with housework (Tape: Unit 7 –Listen ) Kiểm tra ngày 18 tháng 2 năm 2019 ……………………………………… ………………………………………. ……………………………………….

WEEK:26 Period:48

Preparing date:18/2/19 Teaching date:25/2/19 UNIT 8: CELEBRATIONS Lesson 1: Getting started + Listen and read

I./. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students can know and tell more about the popular celebrations in the world. 2. Skills: Speaking, listening, use of English 3. Attitude: - Positive about celebrations. - Students know how to learn English in right way. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Love country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around, Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone.… II./. PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: book, planning, picture, laptop, projector 2.Students: books, notebooks III./. PROCEDURES: TEACHER’S AND STUDENTS’ CONTENTS ACTIVITIES -Let Ss think of the name of the 1. WARM UP: celebrations all over the world they’ve Network known Celebrations -Give feedback. - Have Ss look at the icons on page 65 and match them with the suitable name of the celebration in groups - Call some Ss from each group to answer. - Give feedback.

GETTING STARTED Work with your partner. Match the icons with the names of the celebrations they represent: Key: 1.Easter 2.Wedding 3.birthday 4.Christmas 5.Mid-fall Festival 6.Lunar New year. 39

-TM: Play game, practising -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Self-made and confident -Introduce the celebrations “Tet” , “Passover”, and “Easter” -Ask Ss some questions and call some Ss to give the answers. - Ss answer freely - Teach vocabulary by explanation, synonym -Get Ss to copy the words in their books. -Ask Ss to repeat the words chorally and individually. - Let Ss do rub out and remember to check their vocabulary.

2- LISTEN AND READ 2.1 PRESENTATION Questions: - When are they celebrated? - What do people do?

New words: -occur (v) = happen(v) -decorate (v): trang hoµng, trang trÝ -freedom (n): sù tù do -slavery (n): sù n« lÖ - Jewish (n): Ngưêi do Th¸i - parade (n): cuéc diÔu hµnh - Passover(n): LÔ qu¸ h¶i Rub out and remember

Model sentences: (Relative clauses) 1. Families members who live apart try to be together at Tet. 2. Easter is a joyful festival which is celebrated in many countries. Questions: - Ss guess to answer the questions 1. How many celebrations are mentioned in thetext 2. What are they? before reading the text. - Present the model sentences. - Ss copy down.

-TM: Practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Self-made and be responsible for yourself and everyone. - Let Ss listen to the tape and correct their answer. - Have Ss read silently to check their answer again. - T gives the answer.

3. PRACTICE

Key: 1.Three celebrations are mentionted in the text. 2.They are Lunar New Year, Passover and Easter. Compete the table. Celebra When Activiti Food Country tion es In late Clean Sticky Vietnam -Have Ss work in groups to complete Tet rice January and the word map on page 66. or early decorat cake -Call some Ss from each group to give february e the answers homes, -Correct and give the keys 40

Passove In late r March or early April Easter Around the same time as Passover

and enjoy special food Eating special meal

Special meal called Seder Watchi Chocol ng ate colorfu sugar l eggs

Isael

In many countries

-Get three students to look at the grids and introduce the celebrations . Tet – 4.FURTHER PRACTICE: Passover – Easter. Introduce the celebrations:Tet, Passover and -Get feedback. Easter. Suggestion: “Tet is the most important celebration in Vietnam. It is in late January or early February. On this occasion, people clean and decorate their homes. They wear new clothes and family memers enjoy together special food such as sticky rice cake. Every one in VN feels happy on Tet Holiday. 5. PRODUCTION: - Answer the questions again. - Prepare: Unit 8 – Speak + Listen. --------------------------------------------------WEEK:26 Preparing date:23/2/19 Period:79 Teaching date:2/3/19 UNIT 8: CELEBRATIONS Lesson 2: Speak + Listen I./. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students can give and respond to compliments, listen and understand a song sung at New year Eve 2. Skills: Speaking, listening, 3. Attitude: - Positive about celebrations. - Students know how to learn English in right way. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

- Set the scene: Trang has just won the first prize in the English speaking contest. What does Mai say to pay Trang a compliment? And what does Trang respond? - Ask students how to give and respond to compliments

- active (adj) -activist (n): (translation) - nominate (v): - Nomination (n) (translation) - charity (n): (explanation: kindness in giving help to the poor) Rub out and remember Set the scene between Mai nad Trang Mai: Well done, Trang Trang: Thanks. *Give a compliment -Well done -That’s a great / an excellent… -Let me congratulate you on… *Respond to a compliment -Thanks -It’s nice of you to say so. -That’s very kind of you 3. WHILE-SPEAKING:

-TM: Practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… 42

-Q: Be responsible for yourself and everyone. Love and country -Ask Ss to look at the pictures and give them cues -have Ss practice giving and responding the compliments. -Have Ss to work in pairs, to read the situation on page 66, 67 then give and respond to compliments. -Give feedback. -Call on some pairs of students to act out.

Keys b. Mother: Well done, huyen Huyen: Thanks , Mom. c.Friends: Congratulations on your nomination, Tuan. Tuan: It’s nice of you to say so. d. You: That’s an excellent drawing, Hoa. Hoa: That’s very kind of you to say so.

4. POST-SPEAKING: - Divide the class into 4 teams: A, B, C * Suggested answers: and D a. Situation 1: Tam has just passed the - Have students work in groups to think of graduation examination. Friends: situations in which they can give Congratulation! compliments Tam: Thanks a lot. - Ask team A to give situation, team B, C, b. Situation 2: Hoa make an excellent report D to make up the dialogue. on saving energy. - Have the teams take turns giving the Hoa: It’s very kind you to say so. situations c. Situation 3: Lan got high mark for Math. You: Well done - Give good marks for the teams which give good situations and make up suitable Lan: It’s very nice of you to say so d. Situation 4: Ba has just won the school dialogue. swimming championship Friends: Congratulations on your great efforts, Ba. Ba: Thank you very much LISTEN/ P.68 -TM: Practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Be responsible for yourself and everyone. Love and country 4.1.PRE-LISTENING: -Let Ss listen to the song “Happy new Year” -Then ask them some questions -Introduce “Today we’ll listen to a song sung at New year Eve” +Do you know the name of the song? -Teach Ss some new words 43

-Guide the Ss to say the new words - Have Ss to guess the words in the blanks before listening to the tape - Give feedback Let Ss listen to the song twice and check their guess -Listen to the song again and correct their filling

New words: -acquaintance (n): người quen -trusty (adj): thật sự, chân thành -Auld land syne =The good old days Guessing: 4.2. WHILE-LISTENING: Keys a. days b. take c. mind e.kindness

d. hand

-Listen to the song again sentence by 4.3. POST-LISTENING : sentence then teach Ss to sing it loudly. Practice singing the song -Call some to sing the song in front of the class. 5. PRODUCTION: - Write 5 situations with the compliments, the response to the compliments into their notebooks. - Sing the song by heart. - Prepare: Unit 8 – Read/P. 68-69 ======================= Week:27 Preparing date: 25/2/19 Period:50 Teaching date:4/3/19 FEEDBACK ON TEST 45’ CREATIVE EXPERIENCE ACTIVITIES OUR TET HOLIDAY (Start the innovative experience) I./. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: After getting back the test papers, students will be able to evaluate their knowledge and have a plan for the next time By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know the characteristics, style and color of five-fruit-trays in three different regions. Students will be able to draw and make five-fruittrays. 2. Skills:- To correct Ss’ errors if necessary - Creative when expressing the product, deeply understand Vietnamese Tet holiday. 3. Attitude: - Love their home, family and country - Love beauty and know how to preserve their products - Interested in learning and attending. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, … - Specilized capacity: develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Love their home, family and country II./. PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: English 6 laptop, projector, test 45’ 44

2.Students: A0, A4 white papers, hard-edged, color papers, pencils, glues, scissors III./. PROCEDURES: 1- Warm up - How are you today? - Are you ready for getting back the test papers? 2- Teacher's idea * Priority: - Ss do the part " choose the best answer " and writing well. - Ss try their best to get good marks. - Ss know how to do the test, present well, true request. - Ss understand vocabularies, language focus. *Defect: - Some Ss have many mistakes about using vocabularies. - Some Ss have many mistakes about writing sentences, using structure. - Some Ss have many mistakes about showing. - Some Ss copy other exams 3- Pay the test paper back to ss - Ss look at the tests and do the tests again by themselves. - Ss find their mistakes by themselves. - Ss share and compare with a partners. -T asks Ss to work in pairs +S1 corrects mistakes of S2's test + S2 corrects mistakes of S1's test - T calls - Ss answer one by one 4- T gives ss the answer key -T: Gives the aims of the exercise from the test. -Ss: Listen -T: Asks Ss to give the answers they did. -Ss: Give the answers they did or write on board -T: Gives the correct answers. -Ss: Listen and correct the mistakes -T: Explains some knowledge and the answers Key: - Spend time with students to ask questions about their tests, their points. - T asks Ss write key in notebook and correct their mistakes by themselves. 5.Start the innovative experience Teacher and studentsâ€™ activities Contents 5.1.Find information T-M: Work in group of 6-8 students. C: self-learning ability, communication capacity Q: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and -Each member in groups read 45

everyone.Love their home, family and country - Guide Ss work in group to find information in textbooks - Guide Ss how to use their computer to search the information.

- Guide Ss to observe and remember color, shape, option of five-fruit-trays. - Guide Ss how to save files for later use. 5.2. Process the collected information T-M: Work in group of 6-8 students. C: Self-learning ability, communication capacity Q: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone.Love their home, family and country -Asks Ss to identify keywords in the mind map -Remind Ss of paying attention to support mind map

5.3. Develop ideas and design five-fruittrays. T-M: Work in group of 6-8 students. C: Self-learning ability, communication capacity Q: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone.Love their home, family and country - Ss work in group to set up ideas about of fruits, stick them into five-fruit-trays -Suggest possible of fruits, stick them into five-fruit-trays and lay out on A0 paper.

Unit 8: Celebrations to have background about the five-fruittray on Tet. - Find information from Internet through keyword: Vietnamese Tet holiday, the five-fruit-tray on Tet holiday, meaning of five-fruittrays, how to display five-fruittrays - Save contents into folder or write down.

- Set up ideas about five-fruittrays. -Each people draw or make a kind of fruit - Arrange these fruits in five-fruittrays - Draw or paste more details if neccesary. 46

- Write down name of fruits, stick them into five-fruit-trays - Remind Ss of writing down name of of fruits, stick them into five-fruit-trays. - Confirm the time to complete and contact between Ss and teacher(through email or phone) - Product requirement: express the Vietnamese culture, suitable of fruits, stick them into five-fruit-trays in terms of meaning, color, layout.

- Write up introduction to these five-fruit-trays in their meaning, emphasize typical features of each region in terms of culture and life.

6-Production: - Redo the test in the notebook - Prepare new lesson ----------------------@0@-------------------

WEEK:27 Period:51

Preparing date:2/3/19 Teaching date:9/3/19 UNIT 8: CELEBRATIONS Lesson 3: Read

I./. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students can know more about the opinions, feelings, and memories of children about their father on the Fatherâ€™s day in the USA and in Australia. 2. Skills: Reading 3. Attitude: - Positive about celebrations. - Students know how to learn English in right way. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,â€Ś - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around, Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone.… II./. PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: book, planning, picture, laptop, projector 2.Students: books, notebooks III./. PROCEDURES: TEACHER’S AND STUDENTS’ CONTENTS ACTIVITIES - Have Ss listen to the song “Cha yêu” 1.WARM UP: - Have Ss sing it at the same time if they Listen to the song “Cha yêu” like. Chatting + What do you think about your father? -Ask Ss some questions: +Is your father the best person in the world? -Call some one to answer. 2. PRE – READING: -TM: Play game, practising C: Self-learning ability, communication capacity Q: Self-made and confident -Setting the scene: On Father’s Day in Australia and in the USA, children show their love to their fathers by giving their father presents , cards - T introduces vocabulary by explaination. New words - Ss take note, practice reading and give -hug (n): ôm(khi chào nhau) the meaning of the words. Then they do -considerate (adj): ân cần, chu đáo -generous (adj): rộng lượng Rub out and Remember -priority (n): Sự ưu tiên -Have Ss say the words in chorus. -Rub out the words one at a time but leave -sense of humor (n): Khiếu hài hước the Vietnamese translation. -distinguish (v): phân biệt -When all the English words are ruibbed -terrific (adj): tuyệt vời, kì diệu out , go through the VietNamese list and Rub out and Remember get Ss to call out the English equivalent. Ask Ss to think of the adj that children use to talk about their fathers. -Give feedback. - Have Ss work in pairs to match the details with the suitable names before reading the text.

Matching: A B RITA ‘s farther always put his family in the first position, got married, he was very sad. 48

Is proud of him because he is a considerate and children. JANE

Is always a little girl of her father although she had children

BOB

Received the best education from him

3.WHILE READING : -TM: Practising, discussion group, technical present…. C: Self-learning ability, communication capacity Q: Self-made and be responsible for yourself and everyone. - Ss read the text and check their work. Some pairs perform their work in front of the class. - Give the feedback

Key: A RITA JANE BOB

B Received the best education from him Is always a little girl of her father although she had children ‘s farther always put his family in the first position, got married, he was very sad. Is proud of him because he is a considerate and children.

-Have Ss read the opinions, feelings and Answers: memories of children about their fathers a. to her dad on Father’s Day in Australia and the USA b. He is possibly dead. These ideas may tell again and work in pairs to answer the about that…how much you are missed…I questions on page 69. now have children, Dad.. -Give feedback. c. His sense of humor -Ask Ss to write the answers on the d. The best person in the world, a teacher, a blackboard. care taker, a friend… -Have Ss practice asking and answering the questions in open pairs and then closed pairs. 4. POST READING: -Have Ss write their feelings, opinions, Marks and memories about their fathers. Three Writing: Write a short paragraph (about 50 49

passages are examples. words) to show their opinions, feelings, and - Have some Ss read this paragraph in memories about their father. front of class. - T remarks and marks. . 5. PRODUCTION: Answer the questions again. - Learn vocabulary - Prepare: Unit: 8 â€“ Write/ P.70

WEEK:28 Period:52

Preparing date:4/3/19 Teaching date:11/3/19 UNIT 8: CELEBRATIONS Lesson 4: Write

I./. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students can write about how to celeberate on the Fatherâ€™s day and the Mother's day 2. Skills: Writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about celebrations. 50

Jumbled words: 1. calerbetoni = celebration 2. tratidoni = tradition 3. folwres = flowers 4. pirtase = parties 5. ftigs = gifts 6. fleenigs = feelings 7. rebemern = remember 8. spicale = special

2. PRE – WRITING: -TM: Play game, practising C: Self-learning ability, communication capacity New words: Q: Self-made and confident -enhance (v): thóc ®Èy - a day off (n): ngµy nghØ -support (v): cung cÊp -nationwide (adv): tßan quèc, toµn d©n Rub out and remember -Ask Ss to keep their books closed, show Ordering the outline: -(1) Give details about: the outline on the board. 51

-Get Ss to put the parts in the correct -When celebrate, in what season, or what month order. (why)? -How to celebrate : having parties, sending cards… -What special gift to give. -What special food to offer. (2) State whether or not you think your idea will be supported and you hope the day will be celebrated nationwide. (3) Tell your friend the reason for celebrating this day. -TM: Practising, discussion group, 3.WHILE-WRITING: technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Love country Answer keys: 3 – 1 -2 4. POST-WRITING : -Have Ss write in groups to a friend to tell Suggested ideas him / her about why they want to First paragraph: celebrate Mother’s day or Father’s Day in In my opinion, it is neccesary/ important / VietNam and how to celebrate it. The essential to have a day to celebrate for our outline on page 70 will help Ss to write parents easily. Reasons:-Children will have a special day to express their feelings, memories and love for -Have Ss share their writing with their their parents. other groups and correct their misstakes. -We have an chance to enhance family traditions. -Ask some Ss to read aloud their writing -Members of families can have a chance to get together, to know one another and to help one before class. another. -Correct their mistakes Second paragraph: -When to celebrate: First Sunday of April: Sunday is a day off so everybody is free from work or study. -April is in late spring or early summer, and the weather is generally fine at this time of the year, many activities can happen outdoors. -How to celebrate: It is not necessary to have parties but it’s a good idea to have lunch or dinner with all members of the family. Children should give their parents flowers, send them cards, or bring them a special cake. 52

-Children should serve their parents the food that they like best. Third paragraph: I believe the idea will be supported and the day will be celebrated nationwide because everybody loves their parents and wants their parents to be happy. 5. PRODUCTION: Rewrite a letter in your notebook. - Prepare: Unit 8 – Language focus -------------------------------------------------WEEK:28 Period:53

Preparing date:9/3/19 Teaching date:16/3/19 UNIT 8: CELEBRATIONS Lesson 5: Language focus + test 15’

I./. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students can use relative clauses and adverb clauses of concession with “though / although / even though” to talk in their life and do exercises well 2. Skills: Speaking, listening, use of English, writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about celebrations. - Students know how to learn English in right way. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Love country. Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone.… 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,… II./. PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: book, planning, picture, laptop, projector 2.Students: books, notebooks III./. PROCEDURES: 53

TEACHER’S AND STUDENTS’ ACTIVITIES - Have Ss sing the song. -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present…. C: Self-learning ability, communication capacity Q: Self-made and confident -Write two sentences on the board -Then combine into one using “Who” -Ask Ss to remark (the same with which) -Note down the grammar point -Have Ss work in pairs to do Ex1. They have to join the sentences, using relative clauses. -Call some Ss to read their sentences aloud. -Call some to write on the board.

CONTENTS 1. WARM UP: Song: Auld Lang Syne

2. ACTIVITY 1 : Relative pronoun Ex: - That girl is my friend. She is very clever. That girl who is very clever is my friend. Form and use: -Who- Which : replace the pronoun. - Who is used for people - Which is used for things. 1. Join the sentences. Use relative clauses. Ex: -Tet is a festival. Tet occurs in late January or early February. Tet is a festival which occurs in late January or early February. Key: a. Auld Lang Syne is a song which is sung on New Year’s Eve. b. This watch is a gift which was given to me by my aunt on my 14th birthday. c. My friend Tom, who sings Western folk songs very well, can compose songs. d.We often go to the town cultural house, which always opens o public holidays. e.I like reading books which tell about different peoples and their cultures. f.On my mom’s birthday my Dad gave her roses, which were very sweet and beautiful. g. Judy like the full-moon festival, which is celebrated in mid-fall very much. h. Tomorrow I’ll go to the airport to meet my friends, who come to stay with us during the christmas. 3. ACTIVITY 2 :

-TM: Practising, discussion group, 54

technical present…. C: Self-learning ability, communication capacity Q: be responsible for yourself and everyone. 2. Describle each of the peole in the pictures. Use relative clauses. Ex:- I am the boy who is wearing a white T-Have Ss look at 2 pictures on page 71 to shirt. describe each of the people in the - My Aunt Judy is the woman who is holding pictures, using Relative Clauses. Jack. -Have Ss work in pairs and then read aloud each sentence before class. -Mom is the woman who is sitting in an armchair -Call some Ss to write on the board. / receiving a gift from the little girl. -Correct and give the keys. -Dad is the man who is standing behind my sister. -Linda is the little girl who is wearing a pink dress / giving a gift to mom. -grandmother is the woman who is wearing a violet blouse / giving a gift to the baby. -Uncle John is the man who is wearing a pink jumper. -Jack is the little boy who is sitting on his mother’s leg. -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Love country

4. ACTIVITY 3 : Even though/ though / although + adverbial clause of concession

3.Join the sentences. Use the words in brackets. -Set the scene: “Thu Ha is not satisfied The first is done for you with her preparations for Tet. Thu Ha has decorated her house and made plenty of Thu Ha is not satisfied with her preparations cakes”. for Tet even though she has decorated her house -Ask Ss to combine two sentences above and made plenty of cakes. into one by using a connectivea. Thu Ha is not satisfied with her prepararions for eventhough. -take note and ask Ss to copy Tet even though she has decorated her house and -Have Ss to do Ex 3 individually. They made plenty of cakes. have to join the sentences, using though , b. Although we don’t have a Mother’s day in although, or even though. VietNam, Day and I have special gifts and parties -Call on some Ss to read aloud their for my mom every year on the 8th of March. c. We wnet to Ha Noi to watch the parade on the sentences and correct their mistake. National Day last year even though we live in 55

Nam Dinh. d. Many tourists enjoy festivals in Viet Nam though they do not understand VietNamese culture very much. e. Even though in Australia Christmas season is in summer, Australians enjoy Christmas as much as people in European countries do. f. Although Jim came to show late due to the traffic jam, he could see the main part of the -Have Ss look at the pictures on page 72- show. 73 and complete the sentences, using correct tense of the verbs. 4.Complete the sentences. Use the correct tense of -Use the sentences a as example. Ask Ss the verbs and the information. to use correct tense of the verbs and cues a. Although Mrs. Thoa was tored, she helped iven below each oicture. Tuan with his Production. -Get Ss to work in pairs. b. Even though Liz has an exam tomorrow, she is -Call on some Ss to read aloud their still watching TV now. sentences, taecher corrects their mistakes c. It rained yesterday although the weather bureau predicted the weather would be fine. d.Ba ate a lot of food though he wasn’t hungry. e. Even though the keyboard wasn’t working well, Mary tried to finish her letter. TEST 15’: Find the one choice that best completes the sentence. 1. I suggest .....to the movies. A.go B. to go C. going D. went 2. He shouted and looked .....at me when I broke the vase. A. angry B. angrier C. angrily D. anger 3. He is tired .....he stayed up late watching T.V. A. so B. because C. but D. and 4. If he ..... a student, he will get a discount. A. is B. were C. was D. will be 5. Can you turn ..... the light?. It's so dark. A. on B. off C. in D. down 6. What can we do to spend less .....lighting? A. in B. on C. about D. of 7. Tet is the holiday............... celebrated in Lunar New Year. A. which is B. what is C. which was D. what was 8. Nguyen Du was the writer, .............. wrote “Kieu”. A. who B. whom C. whose D. that 9. The .................. who discovered America was Christopher Columbus. A. explore B. exploring C. explorer D. expert 10. They made me ............... the whole story. A. repeat B.to repeat C. repeated D.repeating 56

Sentence 1 2 3 4 5

Key C C B A A

Sentence 6 7 8 9 10

Key B A A C B

5. PRODUCTION: - Do the exercises again. - Prepare: Unit 9: - Getting started - Listen and read --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Kiểm tra ngày 11 tháng 3 năm 2019 ……………………………………… ………………………………………. ……………………………………….

Week:29 Preparing date: 11/3/19 Period:54 Teaching date:18/3/19 CREATIVE EXPERIENCE ACTIVITIES OUR TET HOLIDAY (Report the innovative experience) I./. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know the characteristics, style and color of five-fruit-trays in three different regions. Students will be able to draw and make five-fruit-trays. 2. Skills: Creative when expressing the product, deeply understand Vietnamese Tet holiday. 3. Attitude: - Love their home, family and country - Love beauty and know how to preserve their products - Interested in learning and attending. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, … - Specilized capacity: develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Love their home, family and country II./. PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: English 6 laptop, projector 2.Students: A0, A4 white papers, hard-edged, color papers, pencils, glues, scissors III./. PROCEDURES: Teacher and students’ activities Contents 5.4.Report and present houses - T-M: Work in group of 6-8 students. - C: self-learning ability, communication capacity - Q: Love their home, family and country - Provide evaluation sheets for groups - Decide ways to express report style: presented by: + powerpoint + Video clip + on paper ……… - Ask all the member in each group to - Reports covers following contents: report. + 5 popular fruits of different regions(In term - Ask other groups to take notes when of color, shape) listening to reports. + Ways to arrange a five-fruit-trays + Their cultural meanings in 3 regions. 5.5. Assessment - Ask each S to evaluate his/her - Interm of products: 58

contribution, share felling working in groups - Let groups cross- evaluate when making present - Make questions if teacher finds the part unclear so that teacher can help Ss deepen their knowledge as well as enhance their skills. - Feedback

+ Color and shape + Name +Decorate and lay out + Understand and present meaning of fivefruit-trays in 3 regions. - In terms of activities: - Clearly devide tasks of each member in each kind of fruit. - Making arguments and agreements on choosing fruits.

FORM FOR GROUP ASSESSMENT Group: ……………………………………… Class: ………………………………………… Presentation Structure of report Presentation/Reporting Discussion/Answer 4 2 1 0 4 2 1 0 4 2 1 0 4 2 1 0 4 2 1 0 4 2 1 0 4 2 1 0 4 2 1 0 4 2 1 0 4 2 1 0 4 2 1 0 4 2 1 0 (Circle the relevant mark relasted to level of assessment)

Total

6-Production: - Prepare new lesson -------------------------------------------------------------------WEEK:29 Preparing date:16/3/18 Period:55 Teaching date:23/3/18 UNIT 9: NATURAL DISASTERS Lesson 1: Getting started & Listen and read I./. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students can get information about weather from the weather forecast. 2. Skills: Speaking, listening, reading 3. Attitude: - Positive about natural disasters. - Students know how to learn English in right way. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone.… II./. PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: book, planning, picture, laptop, projector 59

2.Students: books, notebooks III./. PROCEDURES: ___________________________________________________________________ TEACHER’S AND STUDENTS’ CONTENTS ACTIVITIES 1. WARM UP: -Show four pictures on page 74 and ask Ss GETTING STARTED to match them with four words: snowstorm, • Matching and chatting earthquake, volcano, typhoon. a.snowstorm picture 1 -Give Ss some questions about the four b.earthquake picture 2 natural disaters. c. volcano picture 3 d.typhoon picture 4 Questions: 1. How do you know it is a snowstorm / an earthquake / a volcano / a typhoon ? 2. Have you ever experienced any of these natural disasters ? What happened ? How did you feel? -TM: Play game, practising C: Capacity to use language, communication capacity Q: Self-made and confident -Ask Ss some questions about weather to lead to the lesson. - Ss answer freely.

- T explains some new words. - Ss follow, take note and guess the meaning of words. -Have Ss repeat the words chorally then rub out word by word but leave the circles. Remember to let Ss repeat before and after rubbing out each word. -Go on until Ss can remember the words. -Get Ss to write the words again in the correct circles.

2. PRESENTATION: LISTEN AND READ + what’s the weather like today ? +Do you like hot / cold weather? +Have you ever listened to the weather forecast on the radio or on TV? +Do you think weather forecast is useful for us? How is it useful? New words: -turn up (v) : -expect (v): (translation) -thunderstorm (n): (picture) -delta (n): (visual) -just in case (n): (translation) -trust (v) : (synonym: rely on) Rub out and remember

-TM: Practising, discussion group, technical 60

present…. C: Self-learning ability, communication capacity Q: Self-made and be responsible for yourself and everyone - Set the scene: Thuy is talking to her grandmother while they both are watching TV. -Ask Ss: What are they watching? -Ss guess.

3. PRACTICE: - They are watching the weather forecast.

Answer keys: 1. Thuy’s grandmother wants her to turn up the volume on TV because she wants to listen to the weather forecast - Let Ss listen to the tape to check their 2. The coast of Thanh Hoa will be raining. answer and repeat twice. 3. The central highlands will experience -Ask them to read the dialogue in pairs. thunderstorms. -Call some pairs to practice 4. Ho Chi Minh City will have temperature between 270C and 350C 5. Although Thuy’s grandmother doesn’t trust weather forecast she like watching them. 4.Further practice: Comprehension questions: (with key) -Have Ss read the dialogue silently and do 1. Why does Thuy’s grandmother ask her to turn up the volume? exercise b on page 75. -Get them to share their answers with their - Because she wants to listen to the weather forecast partners. 2. Which City is the hottest today? -Call some Ss to give the answers - Ho Chi Minh City in the hottest -Correct and give the keys 3. Where is Thuy going? - She going on to the part on the other side of Thang Long Bridge with her old friends (she’s going on the picnic) - Have students practice asking and 4. What does Thuy grandmother want her to answering in pairs. do? - She wants her to bring along a raincoat. 5. PRODUCTION: - Practice the dialogue and do the exercises again. Do exercise 1/p58,59 workbook - Preapre: Unit 9 – Speak + Listen(Voc) Kiểm tra ngày18 tháng 3 năm 2019 ……………………………………… ………………………………………. ………………………………………. 61

WEEK:30 Period:56

Preparing date:18/3/19 Teaching date:25/3/19 UNIT 9: NATURAL DISASTERS Lesson 2: Speak & Listen

I./. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students can know how to prepare for a typhoon and listen to get some ideas on how to live with earthquakes by listening. 2. Skills: Speaking, listening 3. Attitude: - Positive about natural disasters. - Students know how to learn English in right way. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone.… … II./. PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: book, planning, picture, laptop, projector 2.Students: books, notebooks III./. PROCEDURES: TEACHER’S AND STUDENTS’ CONTENTS ACTIVITIES -Have ss think about what they do to 1. WARM – UP : Brainstorm prepare for a typhoon. EX: buy food -Have ss to go to the board and write Buy candles down Check the roof …. SPEAK/P. 76-77 -TM: Play game, practising 2. PRE-SPEAKING: Q: Self-made and be responsible for yourself and everyone. -C: Co-operation, communication,… - Ask ss a question. What happens if there is a typhoon? - there may be a power cut. 62

- there may be heavy rain. - big trees may fall down. - the market may be closed ….. -Note down : May/ Must + bare infinitive - Teach vocabulary New words: -bucket (n) - leak (n) -tie (v) -latch (n) -ladder (n) -blanket (n) -damage (v) - Checking vocabulary: Rub out and Rub out and remember remember - Write the words on the board, put one word in each circle. -Have ss repeat the words in chorus then rub out word by word but leave the circle. -Go on until the circles are empty. -Get ss to rewrite the words in their correct circle. -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present…. C: Self-learning ability, communication capacity Q: Be responsible for yourself and everyone.Love their home, family and country -Have ss do ex a) on page 76. the ss have to check what preparations they think should be done for a typhoon. -Give feedback. -Then ask them some questions: + why do we need to buy food? +what food do we need to buy? + why do we need to buy candles ….

3. WHILE –SPEAKING:

a. Check what preparations you think should be made for a typhoon. buying some canned food. - Buying candles - Buying matches - Filling all buckets with water. - Buying a ladder. - Fixing the leak in roof. - Tying the roof to the ground with pegs and ropes. - Checking all the windows and the door latches. 63

- Ask ss to use the expressions on page 77 when talking to one another. -Call on some pairs of students to act out.

-Divide the ss into the group of four. -Have ss talk about what they think they want to buy and do to prepare for a typhoon, explain why. -Move around and help ss

b. Now work with apartner. Model dialogue. -I think we should buy some canned food before a typhoon. -Yes I think so too / I agree with you. The market will be closed and no food will be available. -I think we should buy a ladder. -What for / why? - Just in case we need to fix the roof. Because there must be strong wind blowing.

-Ask ss some questions about 4. POST-SPEAKING: earthquakes. + Have you ever heard of an earthquake? - Ss answer freely + What happens if there is an earthquake? -Set the scene: an expert is giving a talk +In what country do earthquake occur on how to live with earthquakes. frequently? -Have ss look at the box on page 77 and guess the words in the blanks rom 1 to 9 -Give feedback. -Teach ss some new words -Guide the ss to say the new words

-Have ss listen to the tape twice and check their prediction -Give feedback. -Let them listen again and write down the answer. -Call some ss to write on the board. -Correct and give ss the keys. -Ask Ss listen more times and answer these questions: 5. PRODUCTION :

4.1. PRE â€“ LISTENING : New words: Block (v) make movement difficult or impossible. - roller (n) -snout (n) -strike (v) - hurricane (n).typhoon in North and South America. - cyclone (n) typhoon in australia - eruption (n) Rub out and remember 4.2. WHILE LISTENING : Answer keys: 1.bottom shelf of the bookshelf. 2. fridge 3.washing machine. 4.mirrors. 5. a window. 6. inside. 7. under a strong table. 8. doorway. 9. corner of a room. 4.3. POST LISTENING : - What should you do if you live in an earthquake? - What is the first thing you should remember?

- Write something about what they have to do to prepare for a typhoon and how to live with earthquake. - Prepare: Unit 9 – Read/P.79 -----------------------------------------------------------------------WEEK:30 Period:57

Preparing date:23/3/19 Teaching date:30/3/19 UNIT 9: NATURAL DISASTERS Lesson 3 : Read

I./. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students can get more information about the natural disasters in the world 2. Skills: Reading 3. Attitude: - Positive about natural disasters. - Students know how to learn English in right way. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. QualitySelf-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone.… II./. PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: book, planning, picture, laptop, projector 2.Students: books, notebooks III./. PROCEDURES: TEACHER’S AND STUDENTS’S CONTENT CATIVITIES -Ask SS to write down natural disasters 1.WARM – UP : they know. -Call some write on the board Natural disasters Net work -Introduce the new lesson. 2. PRE – READING: -TM: Play game, practising C: Self-learning ability, communication capacity Q: Self-made and confident - Introduce vocabulary : New words -tidal wave (n) -abrupt (adj) -shift (n) -funnel- shaped (adj) 65

-suck up (v) -tornado (n) -majority (n) checking vocabulary : rub out and remember -Have Ss say the words in chorus. -Rub out the words one at a time but leave the Vietnamese translation. -When all the English words are ruibbed out , go through the VietNamese list and get SS to call out the English equivalent. -Set the scene: There are 6 statements about the information of some natural disasters. All of you have to read them and guess whether they are true or false. -Hang the sub –board of T/F statements on the board.

T/F prediction: -Get Ss to work in pairs to guess which statements are true and which are false. 1.Most of the earthquakes in the world occur in the Ring of Fire. 2. The earthquake in Kobe in 1995 caused severe daage. 3.A huge tidal wave traveled from Calofornia to Alaska and hit Anchorage in the 19602. 4.Typhoon, hurricane and tropical storm are different words for the same natural disasters. 5.The eruption of mount Pinatubo is the world’s largest ever volcano eruption. 6. A Tornado looks like a funnel.

-TM: Practising, discussion group, 3. WHILE-READING : technical present…. Q: Be responsible for yourself and everyone. -C: Co-operation, communication,… Answer 1.T -Have Ss read the text on page 78 and 3.F->A huge tidal wave traveled from Alaska check their prediction . to California. 4.T Ask Ss work in pairs. -Give feedback. 5.F->The eruption of Mount Pinatubo is the world’s largest volcanic eruotion in more than 5o years. 6.T b.Complete the senetnces. 1.The majority of earthquakes occur aroud the -Have Ss work in pairs and complete the Pacific Rim. 2.During the earthquake in Kobe, many sentences in exercise 5b on page 79. 66

-Call some SS say completed sentences. -Give them the keys

people were killed when homes, office blocks and highways collapsed. 3.A tidal wave can only occur when there is an abrupt shift in the underwater movement of the Earth. 4. In Australia, a tropical storm is known as a cyclone. 5. The Chinses language gave us the word “typhoon”. 6. A Tornado is a type of storm that passes overland below a thunderstorm and sucks up anything that is in its path. 4. POST-READING : Questions and answers: 1. Why do people call the Pacific Rim “Ring - Divide the class into four groups. of Fire” - Have students read the text again - Because 90% of earthquakes occur around - Group 1 asks a question. Group 2, 3, 4 the Pacific Rim. answer it. 2. What will happen when there is an abrupt - Group 2 ask another question. Group 1, 3, shift in the underwater movement of the 4 answers. earth? - Go on until the four groups ask their - Tidal waves will happen questions. 3. What does typhoon” mean?- It mean “big wind” 4. Can we predict a volcano? - Yes. The scientists can warn us about the eruption 5. PRODUCTION: - Read the text and do the exserecises again - Prepare: Unit 9- Write/P.79-80 Kiểm tra ngày 25 tháng 3 năm 2019 ……………………………………… ………………………………………. ……………………………………….

WEEK:31 Period:58

Preparing date:25/3/19 Teaching date:1/4/19 UNIT 9: NATURAL DISASTER Lesson 4 : Write

I./. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students can write a short story about storm with the predicting of the lever dog by using guided information and pictures 2. Skills: Speaking, listening, use of English 3. Attitude: - Positive about natural disasters. - Students know how to learn English in right way. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone.… II./. PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: book, planning, picture, laptop, projector 2.Students: books, notebooks III./. PROCEDURES: TEACHER’S AND STUDENTS’ ACTIVITIES

CONTENT 68

- Ask Ss some questions to lead in the 1. WARM UP lesson. Questions: - Ss answer freely. + Have you ever written a story? What is it about? + How long did it take to you write it? + Did you write it in Vietnamese or in English? + Do you think it is a successful one? 2. PRE – WRITING -TM: Play game, practising C: Self-learning ability, communication capacity Q: Self-made and confident T: Introduces the new words * New words - Ss guess meaning of new words. Circle (n): vòng tròn - T reads new words twice and Ss listen Shelter (n): chỗ ẩn nấp carefully and then repeat. Scared (a): sợ Behave (v): cư xử, đối xử - T corrects new words by playing Rub out and remember “Rub out and remember” - Ss take note. Guiding questions: T: Have Ss work in pairs to ask and • Picture 1: answer about the pictures 1 to 6. - What do you see in the first picture? - Who is she? What's she doing? - What's the weather like? • Picture 2: - what's wrong with the dog? - Is he behave strangely - What do you think is going to happen? • Picture 3: - who is in the picture with Lan? - What does she say? • Picture 4: - what is happening? - Where are Lan's family members? • Picture 5: - is the wind strong? - What is the weather like? • Picture 6: - what do you see in the picture? - What are Lan and her parents doing now? - Does the weather become good again? -TM: Practising, discussion group,

3. WHILE - WRITING 69

technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Love family, friends and country T: Ask Ss to turn back on page 79 and Write the passage/ Write-P.79 study the outline of the story with the guided words Students’ works T: Have Ss write the story individually. Note that Ss can make changes and add more details to the story to make it more interesting. - Ask Ss to compare their story with a Marks friend 4. POST-WRITING: -Ss write the story on the board Suggested writing: It was a beautiful day. The sun was shining, the sky - T helps Ss correct their mistakes then was blue and the weather was perfect. Lan was give marks for ss outside playing with her dog, Skippy. All of a sudden, the dog began behaving strangely. She kept running T gives suggested writing around in circle. Lan ran home with her dog to tell her mother what Skippy was doing. Lan's mother, Mrs. T ask ss to read and gives marks Quyen told Lan that she heard on TV that there was a T asks some good ss to tell before the typhoon coming. Mrs Quyen gathered her family and class and gives marks told them to find shelter in the house. Suddenly, the sky because very dark. The storm came with strong winds and heavy rain. Mrs. Quyen and her family were scared, but soon the storm finished and everyone was glad. What a clever dog skippy is. She saved Lan from being caught in the typhoon. Marks 5. Production Rewrite the passage in your notebook. - Prepare: Unit 9 – Language focus. + Relative clauses ---------------------------------------------------------------------------WEEK:31 Preparing date:29/3/19 Period:59 Teaching date:6/4/19 UNIT 9: NATURAL DISASTERS Lesson 5 : Language focus I./. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students can use relative clauses with pronouns "who, that, which" and clearly "defining" and "non – defining clauses" 2. Skills: Speaking, listening, use of English 70

3. Attitude: - Positive about natural disasters. - Students know how to learn English in right way. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone.… II./. PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: book, planning, picture, laptop, projector 2.Students: books, notebooks III./. PROCEDURES: TEACHER’S AND STUDENTS’ CONTENT ACTIVITIES - Let Ss play the game 1. WARM UP - Tell Ss to work with another partner to Knowledge Game-short answers. answer the following questions about . general understanding. Answers Questions - The groups with the most correct 1. Which city in Japan was struck Kobe answers will be the winner by a huge earthquake? 2. Which country won the 1998 Tiger Singapore Cup? 3. Which animal has one or two rhinoceros horns on its snout? 4. Which explorer discovered Christopher America? Columbus 5. Which planet is the closest to the earth? 6. Which animal in Viet Nam was chosen to be the logo of SEA Games 2003? 7. Which ASEAN country is divided into two regions by the sea? 8. Which food you can chew but you can not swallow and which one you can swallow but you can not chew? 2. ACTIVITY 1: relative clauses -TM: Practising, discussion group, technical present…. C: Self-learning ability, communication capacity Example 71

Venus buffalo Malaysia water

Q: Self-made and confident T: Help Ss to review relative clauses and pronouns definition of relative pronouns and asks them to give some examples to make sure that they understand the use of relative clauses T: Asks Ss to use relative pronouns "who, which, that" to answer the questions. Start with the words given like the example Ss: Do exercise, then compare the answers with a partner T: Call on some Ss to read their whole sentences - Feedback and give correct answers

The city which was struck by a huge earthquake in 1995 in Japan is Kobe. • Answers: b. The country which won the 1995 tiger cup is Singapore. c. The animal which has one or two horns on its snout is rhinoceros. d. The explorer who discovered America is Christopher Columbus. e. The planet which is closest to the earth is venues f. The animal which was chosen to be the logo of SEA games 2003 is the buffalo. g. The ASEAN country which is divided into 2 regions by the sea is Malaysia. h. The food which you can chew but you cannot swallow is the chewing gum, and the thing you can swallow but you cannot chew is water. 2. Match * Answer: 2.g: It snow……. Lang son, which is … 3.f: Pompeii, which is an ancient city of Italy, was completely destroyed in AD 79 by an eruption of mount Vesuvius. 4.a: people and made more than 200.000 homeless 5.c: the cyclone of November 1970 in Bangladesh, which is bordered by the Bay of Bengal on the south, was one of the worst natural disasters of 20th century. 6.d: The most disasters earthquake in Japanese history, which occurred in 1923, damaged Tokyo and Yokohama and killed about 150. 000 people. 7.b: The October 1989 Loma Pieta earthquake, which measured 7.1 on the Richter scale, caused extensive damage to older buildings in San Francisco Bay area. 3. ACTIVITY 2: "defining" and "non defining clause"

-TM: Practising, discussion group, technical present…. 72

-C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Love family, friends and country Pracice 2: T: Keep Ss in pairs but with another partner. - Ask Ss to match each of the sentences in column A with a related sentence in column B use the suitable relative pronouns to join the 2 sentences. T: Calls on some pairs to read the answers - Corrects the mistakes and give the true answers - Comments and give correct answers

* Answers: b. Kangaroos, which come from Australia, have long tails. c. Ba, who lives in Trang Tien street, likes playing the guitar. d. (defining) e. Neil Armstrong, who first walked on the moon, live in the USA. f. (defining) g. Miss Lien, who sings very well, is my English teacher. 4.FURTHER: Rewrite the sentences in exercise 3 Students’work

5. PRODUCTION: - Redo the exercises - Prepare for test 4 Kiểm tra ngày 1 tháng 4 năm 2019 ……………………………………… ………………………………………. ………………………………………. WEEK:31 Period:60

Preparing date:1/4/19 Teaching date:8/4/19 WRITTEN TEST N04

I./. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students can use the GRAMMAR AND VOCABS from unit 8 to unit 9 to do the test well 2. Skills: Speaking, listening, use of English, reading, writing 3. Attitude: - Students know how to learn English in right way. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Love family and country. Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone.… 73

II./. PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: laptop, paper test 2.Students: knowledge ... III. MATRIX: IV. TEST

PART I : LISTEN Listen to the passage carefully then decide whether the following sentences are true or false.(1 pt) No.

Content

The Lunar New Year is another name for Tet

Tet is the most important celebration for Vietnamese people

Tet may begin in late February.

Tet is the time for family members to live apart.

PART II: GRAMMAR AND VOCAB 74

1.Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest (1pt). 5.A. pesticide B. provide C. solid D. dynamite 6.A. turned B. laughed C. disappeared D. warned. 7.A. considerate B. celebrate C. nominate D. congratulate. 8.A. workers B. holidays C. bananas D. helmets. 2. Circle the best option A, B, C or D to complete each of the following sentences (2pts). 9. You are tired _________ you stayed up late to watch TV last night. A. because B. so C. allthough 10. Boy: "I have passed my final exam, Mom" His mother: "_________" A. Thank you B. Well done! C. Good luck! 11. The roof of the house collapsed under the weight of snow. A. fall in B. broke off C. fell in 12. Christians usually have a special dinner _________ Christmas Day. A. on B. in C. for 13. This is the man _________ house has been destroyed in the storm recently. A. who B. whom C. whose 14. _________ the fact that he tells lies, many people believe him. A. Despite of B. In spite of C. Though 15. I last _________ my grand parents ten years ago. A. saw B. seen C. see 16. S1: "___________" S2: "It's nice of you to say so." A. How is a party! B. What's a great party! C. What a great party! 17. They have a strong sense of _________ in their work. A. pride B. proud C. proudly 18. Choose the underlined word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting. I really enjoyed the book that you told me to read it. A B C D PART IV: READ 1.Choose the word (a, b, c or d) that best fits each of the blank spaces (1,25pt) New Year is one of the most important festivals in the United States. On New Year’s Eve, most people go to the parties. At twelve o’clock (19) _____ night, everyone says “Happy New Year” and they (20) _____their friends and relatives good luck. New Year’s Eve is usually a long night to many people. They don’t go home until morning. Another holiday, Halloween, is mainly for children. On this holiday children (21)________ as witches, ghosts or other. Most of children go from house to house asking for candy or fruit. (22)________ the people of the house do not give them candy, the children will play a trick on them. (23)________ this hardly ever happens. Many people give them candy or fruit. 19. A. on B. at C. in D. for 75

20. A. dream 21. A. wear 22. A. Whether 23. A. So

B. greet B. dress B. So B. But

C. wish C. put on C. Although C. For

D. congratulate D. take off D. If D. In

2. Read the following passage and choose the item (a, b, c or d) that best answers each of questions about it (1,25 pt). In the USA, people celebrate Mother’s day and Fathers day. Mother’s day is celebrated on the second Sunday in May. On this occasion, mother usually receives greeting cards and gifts from her husband and children. The best gifts of all American Mom are a day of leisure. The majority of American mothers have outside jobs as well as housework, so their working days are often very hard. Flower is an important part of Mother’s day. Mothers are often given a plant for the occasion, particularly if they are elderly. Father’s day is celebrated throughout the USA and Canada on the third Sunday in June. The holiday customs are similar to Mother’s day. Dad also receives greeting cards and gifts from his family and enjoys a day of leisure. 24. Where do people celebrate Father’s day and Mother’s day? A. In Viet Nam. B. In the world. C. In the USA. 25. When is Mother’s day celebrated? B. On the third Sunday in June. A. On the second Sunday in May. nd C. October 2 26. Do the majority of American mothers have to work hard every day? A. No, they only do the housework. B. No, they don’t have a job. C. Yes, they do. 27. What is an important part of Mother’s day? A. Gifts B. Flowers C. All are correct. 28. Where is “Father” day celebrated? A. In the USA and Canada. B. In many countries. C. No information. 1. C 2. A 3. C 4. B 5. A PART IV: WRITE 1. Choose the best sentence (a, b, c or d) that has the same meaning as the root one.(1pt) 29. Nga was very tired, but she tried to finish her work. A. Although Nga was very tired but she tried to finish her work. B. Though Nga was very tired, she tried to finish her work. C. Nga was very tired, so she tried to finish her work. D. Nga tried to finish her work because she was very tired. 30. John and Mary like sticky rice cakes. They are special Vietnamese food for the New Year. A. John and Mary who are Vietnamese food for the New Year like sticky rice cakes. B. John and Mary who like sticky rice cakes are special Vietnamese food for the New Year. C. John and Mary are special Vietnamese food for the New Year which like sticky rice cakes. D. John and Mary like sticky rice cakes which are special Vietnamese food for the New Year. 31. Neil Armstrong lived in the USA. He first walked on the moon. 76

A. Neil Armstrong, who he first walked on the moon, lived in the USA. B. Neil Armstrong, who first walked on the moon, lived in the USA. C. Neil Armstrong, that lived in the USA, first walked on the moon. D. Neil Armstrong lived in the USA, who first walked on the moon. 32. Use electricity economically or you will have to pay a large bill. A. If you don’t use electricity economically, you will have to pay a large bill. B. If you use electricity economically, you will have to pay a large bill. C. If you didn’t use electricity economically, you would have to pay a large bill. D. If you used electricity economically, you would have to pay a large bill. 2. Write the second sentence so that the meaning is similar to the root one. 33. The desk is broken. I bought it last year. => The desk which __________________________________________ 34. Mary didn’t have the qualification, but she got the job. => Although _________________________________________ 35. Nam is one of my closest friends. He is a computer expert. => Nam who_______________________________ 36. Why don’t we go out for a walk tonight? => Let's _______________________________________________

V.KEY 1. 0,25 p for each correct sentences Sentence 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Key T T T F C B A D A B C A C B

Sentence 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 77

Key A D B C B D B C A C B A B D

15 16

A C

31 32

B A

WRITE: 2 .0,5 p for each correct sentence. 33. The desk which I bought last year is broken. 34. Although Mary didnâ€™t have the qualification, she got the job. 35. Nam who is a computer expert is one of my friends. 36. Let's go out for a walk tonight. . (Tape: Unit 8â€“Listen and read ) TAPE: Although there are many celebrations throughout the year, Tet or the Lunar New Year holiday is the most important celebration for Vietnamese people. Tet is a festival which occurs in late January or early February. It is a time for families to clean and decorate their homes, and enjoy special food such as sticky rice cakes. Family members who live apart try to be together at Tet.

------------------------------------------------

WEEK:32 Period:61

Preparing date:6/4/19 Teaching date:13/4/19 UNIT 10: LIFE ON THE OTHER PLANETS Lesson 1: Getting started+ Listen and read

I./. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students can know more about UFOs and tell their ideas about them 2. Skills: Speaking, listening, use of English 3. Attitude: - Positive about life on the other planets. 78

- Students know how to learn English in right way. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Love family , willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around, Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone.… II./. PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: book, planning, picture, laptop, projector 2.Students: books, notebooks III./. PROCEDURES: TEACHER’S AND STUDENTS’ CONTENT ACTIVITIES 1. WARM-UP - Have students guess three words. * Guessing words: - Give students the number of the letters of 1) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ each word and give the definitions so that * This word has 12 letters. It is the opposite students can guess the words. of identified. 2) _ _ _ _ _ _ * This word has 6 letters. It means moving through the air as a birth does. 3) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ * This word has 7 letters. It is in form. It means a thing that can be seen or touched. * Answer keys: 1. Unidentified 2. Flying UFOs (Vaät theå bay khoâng xaùc ñònh) 3. Objects GETTING STARTED -TM: Discussion group, technical present…. C: Self-learning ability, communication capacity * Chatting: Q: Self-made and confident * What can you see in the pictures? - Show the picture on page 83 to the students * What do we call them in Vietnamese? * Do you know another word for UFOs? and ask them some questions about UFOs (flying saucer) * Do you think they really exist? * Have you ever seen any films on UFOs? * Do you want to see a UFO? What do you want to know about UFOs? 79

* If you saw an UFOs, what would you do?

LISTEN AND READ 2. PRESENTATION:

-TM: Play game, practising C: Self-learning ability, communication capacity Q: Self-made and be responsible for yourself and everyone.Love their home, family - T pre-teaches vocab. Pre- teach vocabulary - Ss take note, practice reading vocab. Aloud - spacecraft (n): (picture) - meteor (n): (visual, picture) then give the meaning of words - evidence (v): (definiton: anything that makes clear, shows - Have students repeat the words chorally or proves) then rub out word by word but leave the - alien (n): circles. Remember to let students repeat (definition: person on other planets) before and after rubbing out each word. - capture (v): (synonym: catch (by force) - Go on until students can remember the arrest) words - device (n) (translation) - claim (v): (translation) * Checking vocabulary: what and where 3. PRACTICE: -TM: Practising, discussion group, technical presentâ€Ś. -C: Co-operation, communication,â€Ś -Q: Love family, friends - Get students to write the words again in the correct circles. - Get students to read the text and find the words in the text that have the meanings given in * 2 a on page 84: - Ask students to work in pair. - Give feedback

Guessing the meaning of the words: * Answer keys: 1. proof, support = evidence 2. falling star or shooting star = meteor 3. unknown/strange people or thing = aliments 4. bringing together or gathering = collecting 5. caught as a prisoner = captured 6. because impossible to see = disappeared Complete the notes * Answer keys: a) An aircraft, a weather balloon or a meteor can be mistaken for a alien spacecraft

- Have students to do exercise 2b on page 84 - Get students to read the text again and complete the notes. They have to work 80

individually then compare with their partners. - Call on some students to read aloud their sentences.

b) In 1947, a pilot saw nine large round objects traveling at about 2.800 meters an hours. c) There were over 1.500 UFO sightings worldwide in 1952 d) In 1954, a woman and her children saw a UFO above their house. e) A farmer saw an egg- shaped object in one of his fields and also aliens collecting soil samples in 1964. f) In 1971, two men claimed they were captured by aliens and taken aboard a spacecraft. g) A pilot and his plane disappeared after sighting an UFO in 1978. h) In 1981, a Frenchman reported that he saw a plate – like device at a treetop 30 meters away from his garden. 4. FURTHER PRACTICE: * Discussion: * Have you ever seen a picture of an alien? Can you imagine what the aliens are like? Are they small or big? Are they intelligent? (If yes) Why do you think so?

- Have the whole class discuss the topic “UFOs” - Choose good students to be the leader. - Get the leader to make a summary of the evidence of the existence of UFOs and then discuss with his/ her friends. - Give the leader some questions for him / her to ask his/ her friends. 5. PRODUCTION: - Practice the text and do the exercises again. - Write the notes on page 84 in their notebook Kiểm tra ngày 8 tháng 4 năm 2019 ……………………………………… ………………………………………. ……………………………………….

WEEK:33 Period:62

Preparing date:13/4/19 Teaching date:20/4/19 UNIT 10: LIFE ON THE OTHER PLANETS Lesson 2: Speak, Listen

I./. OBJECTIVES: 81

1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students can speak about life on Mars and listen about the life on the Moon . 2. Skills: Speaking, listening 3. Attitude: - Positive about life on the other planets. - Students know how to learn English in right way. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Love family, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around, Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone.… II./. PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: book, planning, picture, laptop, projector 2.Students: books, notebooks III./. PROCEDURES: TEACHER’S AND STUDENTS’ ACTIVITIES - Ask students some questions about the solar system. * Which planet is the nearest to the sun? (M) * Which is the biggest? * Which is the hottest?

-TM: Play game, practising C: Self-learning ability, communication capacity Q: Self-made and be responsible for yourself and everyone. - T pre-teaches vocab. - Ss take note, practice reading vocab. Aloud then give the meaning of words. - Rub out the new word one at a time. Each time you rub out the word in English, point to the Vietnamese translation and ask students to repeat in

CONTENTS SPEAK 1. Warm-up

* Word square S E A M U M U R N S S R A A R M O O

R E S U V N

T R A B C T

H C U R Y S

Earth Sun Mars (Hoaû) Moon Mercury (Thuûy)

2. PRE-SPEAKING:

Pre-teach vocabulary - microorganism (n): vi sinh vật (translation) - gemstone (n): đá quý (picture) - sparkling (adj): lộng lẫy (translation) - creature (n): sinh vật(translation) - trace (n): dấu vết (visual) - mineral (n): khoáng sản (example) 82

English. When all the English words are rubbed out go through the Vietnamese list and get the whole class to call out the English words. - T helps her Ss remember the use and form of some modal verbs.

- T sets the scene: A space tourist traveled to Mars, he saw many things there and noted them down. These are drawing of things. Try to guess and match the drawings with their names. - Ss do matching.

-TM: Practising, discussion group, technical present…. Q: Self-made and confident -C: Co-operation, communication,… - Ss look at the picture to ask and answer about the picture. - Have students practice the dialogue between Nam and Hung on page 85. - Call on some pairs of students to practice the dialogue. - Correct their pronunciation. - Have all students work in pairs to practice the dialogue.

* Checking vocabulary: Rub out and remember

Revision of model verbs: may – might * Form: May/might + infinitive * Use: We use may, might to talk about present or future possibility. - Might is normally a little less sure than may. Matching - Number from 1 to 7 from left and right. * Answer keys: 1) Minerals] 2. Water 3. Mountains 4. Plants 5,Little creatures 6. Gas 7. Gemstone * Exchange: A: What’s this? B: This may be water on Mars. Suggestion: 1. What are they? They may be minerals on Mars 3. WHILE-SPEAKING:

* Dialogue Nam: What do these drawing say, Hung? Hung: There might be water on Mars. Nam: And what about those back sparkling spots on the right corner? Hung: Well, they might be traces of gemstones. There may be a lot of precious stones on Mars.

Matching dialogue - Have students make up similar dialogue * Sample: about the drawings, using the cues in 3a. You: What do these drawing say? Your friend: These may be mountains on Mars. - Call on some pairs of students to practice You: And what about the red signs on the left corner? their dialogue before the class. Your friend: Well, they might be gas on Mass - Give feedback 83

- Give students the topic “What may there be on Mercury/on the moon/ on Mars?” - Ask students to write the dialogue in their notebooks. - Ask Ss to work in groups of three to four. - Make a list of words relating to “ planets”. The group with longest list will be the winner.

4. POST-SPEAKING: * Discussion: Topic: What may there be on Mercury/on the moon/on Mars?

4.1. PRE – LISTENING : * Guessing : True/ false statements - T says “ Today we will learn about the description of the moon Statements - Ask Ss to study the statements in the book. Guess whether the statements are True or false to their knowledge. - Do not give correct answers. Only ask Ss to expaint their answer and tell them to compare with the correct answer when listening the tape.

a)There is no air on the moon b)There are rivers and lakes on the moon. c)There are no sounds on the moon d)It is very cold very night on the moon. e)During the day the temperature is even lower. f)There are great round holes on the moon. g)There are no mountains on the moon. h)You will weigh 8 kilos heavier on the moon. i)You will be able to jump very high on the moon. j)One day on the moon lasts for two weeks.

4.2. WHILE – LISTENING : - Have Ss listen to the description of the 84

Gues Answe s r

moon. Then check the correct statements about the moon. - Play the tape several times if necessary. - Ss do individually - T corrects and Ss take note. 4.3. POST – LISTENING : Mini – presentation about the Moon. - Ask Ss to work in groups and make a short presentation about the moon. Encourage Ss to use as much information in the listening as possible. However , they also can use their own knowledge to make the presentation more information and interesting. - Call on some Ss to make the presentation in front of class. - Comment and have feedback on Ss’ performance. 5. PRODUCTION: - Rewrite the dialogues into your note book. - Learn new words by heart. - Do exercise2,3( WB) - Prepare Unit 10 - Read ---------------------------------------------------------------------------Kiểm tra ngày tháng 4 năm 2019 ……………………………………………………. …………………………………………………… …………………………………………………….. …………………………………………………….

Week:34 Period:63

Preparing date: 15/4/19 Teaching date:22/4/19 FEEDBACK ON TEST 45’

I./. OBJECTIVES:: 1. Knowledge: After getting back the test papers, students will be able to evaluate their knowledge and have a plan for the next time 2. Skills: To correct Ss’ errors if necessary 3. Attitude: - To give Ss the motivation to learn hard for their exam - Students know how to learn English in right way. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone.… II./. PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: test 45’ 2.Students: notebooks III./. PROCEDURES:: 1- Warm up - How are you today? - Are you ready for getting back the test papers? 2- Teacher's idea * Priority: - Ss do the part " choose the best answer " and writing well. - Ss try their best to get good marks. - Ss know how to do the test, present well, true request. - Ss understand vocabularies, language focus. *Defect: - Some Ss have many mistakes about using vocabularies. - Some Ss have many mistakes about writing sentences, using structure. - Some Ss have many mistakes about showing. - Some Ss copy other exams 3- Pay the test paper back to ss - Ss look at the tests and do the tests again by themselves. - Ss find their mistakes by themselves. - Ss share and compare with a partners. -T asks Ss to work in pairs +S1 corrects mistakes of S2's test + S2 corrects mistakes of S1's test - T calls - Ss answer one by one 86

4- T gives ss the answer key -T: Gives the aims of the exercise from the test. -Ss: Listen -T: Asks Ss to give the answers they did. -Ss: Give the answers they did or write on board -T: Gives the correct answers. -Ss: Listen and correct the mistakes -T: Explains some knowledge and the answers 1. Key: 0,25 p for each correct sentences Sentence 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Key T T T F C B A D A B C A C B A C

Sentence 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

Key A D B C B D B C A C B A B D B A

- Redo the test in the notebook - Prepare new lesson ----------------------@0@-------------------

WEEK:34 Period:64

Preparing date:20/4/19 Teaching date:27/4/19 UNIT 10: LIFE ON THE OTHER PLANETS Lesson 3: Read

I./. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students can understand about a trip to the space 2. Skills: Reading 3. Attitude: - Positive about life on the other planets. - Students know how to learn English in right way. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Love family, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around, Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone.… II./. PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: book, planning, picture, laptop, projector 2.Students: books, notebooks III./. PROCEDURES: TEACHER’S AND STUDENTS’ CONTENT ACTIVITIES - T asks Ss some questions. 1. WARM UP : - Ss answer freely. * Chatting : - Have you ever heard of a space trip? - What do people go there for? - What should we have to prepare if we want to take a trip to the space? - What can we do there? -TM: Play game, practising C: Self-learning ability, communication 2. PRE – READING: capacity Q: Self-made and confident - T says “ today we’ll learn about a space * New words: 88

trip” - T gives new words on the board. - Ss guess the meaning of the words. - T reads the words twice. - Ss listen and repeat. Then Ss take note. - T checks the words by playing “ Rub out and remember”.

- Physical condition (n) (translate): ñieàu kieän söùc khoûe. - Push-up (n) (action): hít ñaát. - Orbit (n) ( situation): quõi ñaïo - Marvelous (adj) (situation): kì dieäu ( Rub out and remember ) * Guessing : Ordering statements

-TM: Practising, discussion group, technical present…. C: Self-learning ability, communication capacity Q: Self-made and confident - T asks Ss to guess the statements and put the phrases in order to show what you need. - T reads the text or opens the tape twice. - Ss listen carefully and understand clearly. - Ss read the text silent ( individually ) - Ss correct the guessing. - T corrects and Ss take note. - Ss countinue reading the text and answer the questions. - Ss work in pairs. - T corrects and Ss take note.

3. WHILE – READING :

* Ordering statements 4 1 5 2 3 * Answering comprehension questions: 1. If you decide to take a space trip, you will have to run a lot, swim every day, and do aerobics and push-up to have an excellent physical condition. 2. If you want to show you are in perfect health you must a letter from doctor. 3. You can see picturs of the eart: your countries, interesting places, the oceans, the big rivers, the tall mountains. 4. We can see those scenes 16 times a day. 5. We can walk on the walls or on the ceiling. 4. POST – READING :

-T gives some sentences on the board. - Ss choose True/ false - T corrects and Ss take note.

True/ false statements 1. If we want to take a space trip, we must have a good healthy. 2. When we are in orbit, we won’t walk in the cabin. 3. We will not weigh anything when we are in the cabin. 4. We need a lot of money to take a space trip. * Answer: 1. T 2. F 3. T 4. T 89

5. PRODUCTION: - Learn new words by hear. - Do exercise page ( ex.book) - Prepare Unit 10 Lesson 5 WRITE Kiểm tra ngày 22 tháng 4 năm 2019 ……………………………………………………. …………………………………………………… …………………………………………………….. …………………………………………………….

WEEK:33 Period:65

Preparing date: Teaching date: UNIT 10: LIFE ON THE OTHER PLANETS Lesson 4: Write

I./. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students can write an argumentative exposition using the right format and language structures. 2. Skills: Writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about life on the other planets. - Students know how to learn English in right way. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality:Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone. II./. PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: book, planning, picture, laptop, projector 2.Students: books, notebooks III./. PROCEDURES: TEACHER’S AND STUDENTS’ ACTIVITIES

CONTENT 1. Warmer: Chatting 90

2. PRE – WRITING : -TM: Discussion group, technical present…. C: Self-learning ability, communication capacity Q: Self-made and be responsible for yourself and everyone. - T says “ In writing, there is argumentative writing which presons one’s ideas, opinions and make them persuasive to readers. At the same time, this find of writing has to successfully protect its opinions and refute the opposite ones . an argumentative writing should basically consist of three past : introduction, bady and conlusion. - Implicit the outline and functions of three main parts in an argumentative exposition throughmatching exercise. Ask Ss too read the outline of an exprssive in column A. then put the paragraphs in column B in order to match the sections in clumn A. - Futher explain the outline and give the correct answers. - T corrects and Ss take note. -TM: Practising, discussion group, technical present…. C: Self-learning ability, communication capacity Q: Be responsible for yourself and everyone.Love their home, family - T asks Ss to practice the dialogue between An and Ba about the existence of UFOs before the class. - Tell Ss to use Ba’s opinions in the dialogue to write on exposition independently. - Go around the class and pick up some typical writings to read aloud and have

A Introduction (presents the writer’s viewpoint: I think. . ., I believe . ) Body ( gives reasons/ examples for persuasion: fisrtly, . .; secondly, . . ; . .. .; ) Conclusion ( sums up the argument : there fore, . . . . )

B (i) Therefor, UFOs are just the imagination of some writers and they do exist only in films (ii) I don’t believe there exist UFOs even though many newspapers talk a lot of about them. (iii) firstly, flying saucers might be airscaft, balloon, clouds or tricks of lights. Secondly, there are not enough photos showing clearly the

* Answer: Introduction – (ii) Body – (iii ) Conclusion (i). 3. WHILE – WRTING :

* Possible answer: I believe UFOs exist because articles and reports in newpapers talked a lot about their appearance. Fisrtly, many people from different countries reported that they once saw flying saucers. Secondly, there are many photos of flying saucers and some photographers said they saw man-like creatures get out of vehicles. Moreover, people are 91

some necessary corrections.

-TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Love family, friends and country - Ss work in groups. Each group writes a part. - T corrects - Ss work in pairs.

discussing those mysterious circles on the fields in the countryside of great Britain. So I think UFOs are not our imagination. They are real; and, we should be ready, to see their visits. 4. POST – WRITING :

Cross Check Ask Ss to work in pairs and introduce “ cross check” Comment and point out the most common mistakes that Ss make in their writing. Suggest the ways that Ss can avoid those mistakes in their later writing practices.

5. PRODUCTION: - Learn the writing by heart. - Do exercise page ( ex.book) - Prepare unit 10 Lesson 6 language focuse * Conditional sentence: type 1 and 2

Kiểm tra ngày tháng năm 2019 ……………………………………… ………………………………………. ……………………………………….

WEEK:36 Period:66

Preparing date:29/4/19 Teaching date:6/5/19 UNIT 10: LIFE ON THE OTHER PLANETS Lesson 5: Language Focus

I./. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students can use may and might, conditional sentence type 1 and 2 to talk and do exercises 2. Skills: Use of English 3. Attitude: - Positive about life on the other planets. - Students know how to learn English in right way. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality:Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone.… II./. PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: book, planning, picture, laptop, projector 2.Students: books, notebooks III./. PROCEDURES: TEACHER’S AND STUDENTS’ CONTENT ACTIVITIES - T gives some “jumbled words” on the board. 1. WARM UP: - Ss arrange the words Jumbled words - T corrects 1. aolobln = balloon - Ss take 2. ecrasru = saucer 3. ertnmgau = argument 4. nilea = alien 5. cayonsr = crayon LANGUAGE FOCUES: 93

-TM: Discussion group, technical present…. C: Self-learning ability, communication capacity Q: Self-made and confident - T explains the way to use “ May and Might”. - T asks Ss to look at the pictures in book and tell Ss to work with a partner.use “may, might” and talk about Andy’ presents. - T and Ss play “ Guessing game” - T prepares some presents . - Ss practice and T corrects.

2. ACTIVITY 1: Modals : May, Might

* May / Might + V-inf - May : có tính chất chắc chắn hơn Might - May ( quá khứ ) là might * Answer: b) It may be a box of crayon, or it might be a box of a paint. c) It may be a football, or it might be a basketball. d) It may be a boat, or it might be a train. e) It may be a flying saucer, or it might be a meteor. f) It may be an evening star, or it might be a spacecraft. 3. ACTIVITY 2 :Conditional sentence : type 1

-TM: Practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… -Q: Love family, friends and country

+ If clause: simple present + Main clause : will + V-inf. Ex: If She ( see) the film, she will cry. If she sees the film, she will cry.

- Ask Ss to make sentences using conditional sentence type 1. make sure Ss use the correct verb form in if clause and main clause.

* Answer b. Lan will miss the bus if she does not hurry. c. If Ha is not careful, he’ll drop the cup. d. Mrs Nga will join us if she finishes her work early. e. If Mrs Binh writes a shopping list, she won’t forget what to buy.

- Tell Ss to do exercise 2. complete sentences by using the verbs in the box. - Call on some Ss to read the complete sentences aloud in front of class. - T corrects and Ss take note.

4. ACTIVITY 3: Conditional type 2 -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present…. -C: Co-operation, communication,… 94

-Q: Love family, friends and country - T introduces the condictional sentences – type 2 and lets Ss do the exercise3 obn page 90-91.

+ If clause: simple past + Main clause : Would / should/ might + V-inf Ex: If Today ( be) Sunday, I would go swimming. * Answer b. If Mr Loc had a car, he would drive it to work. c. If Lan lived in HCM City, she would visit Saigon Water Park. d. If Nam had an alarm clock, he would arrive at school on time. e. If Hoa lived in Hue, she would see her parents every day. f. If Nga owned a piano, she would play it very well. g. If Tuan studied harder, he would get better grades. h. If Na had enough money, she would buy a new computer.

5. PRODUCTION: - Learn all the grammars by heart. - Do exercises in the ex.book -------------------------------------------------------------------WEEK:36 Period:67

Preparing date:4/5/19 Teaching date:11/5/19 REVISION THE SECOND TERM

I./. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students can do exercises using structure grammar and vocabulary from unit 6-10. 2. Skills: Speaking, listening, use of English, reading and writing 3. Attitude: - Students know how to learn English in right way. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around, Self-made and confident, be responsible for yourself and everyone.… … 95

II./. PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: book, planning, picture, laptop, projector 2.Students: books, notebooks III./. PROCEDURES: I. Choose the best word or phrase to complete each of the sentences ( 3 marks) 1. The pesticides which are used on many farms are ………………….water ( polluting, preventing, providing, reducing) 2. The……………………….is coming tomorrow to check the pipes and the faucets ( activist, alien, plumber, pilot) 3. We have very high safety……………….in this laboratory ( innovations, celebrations, resources, standards) 4. When a(n)…………………….erupts, it explodes and flames and rocks come out of it ( earthquake, volcano, typhoon, thunderstorm) 5. Companies have made new products which will not only work…….but also save money ( effectively, generously, ordinarily, seperately ) 6. The hurricane is ………………………to reach the coach of Nha Trang tomorrow morning ( collapsed, captured, received, predicted) 7. John studies Vietnamese………….he wants a good job in Vietnam.( but, so, because, although) 8. he is a good driver. He drives the car ( carefully, careful, careless, carelessly) 9. ……it is raining heavily, they go on a picnic ( Because, Although, Despite, However) 10. The gift…….he gave me on my birthday was really meaningful ( who, whom, whose, which) 11. Are you still looking………..a job ?( at, after, up, for) 12. I suggest ……………………to leak in the roof before a typhoon ( fixed, fixing, to fix, fix) II. Fill in each blank with a suitable word from the box (1,5 marks) Midnight everything to chance excited decorated Tet is the most important celebration for Vietnamese people. It is celebrated according (1)……………Lunar Year, so it is called “ The Lunar New Year holiday’.When Tet comes nearer, people feel more (2)………….On new Year’s Eve, people sit till (3) to welcome the New Year. Tet is a (4)……………………..for all family members to gather and enjoy themselves.At Tet, streets, offices, public places, and homes are (5)………………..beautifully. (6)………………….is tidied cleaner, speacial food is cooked such as sticky rice cakes, spring rolls………..Flowers are arranged everywhere in all the country. III. Read the passage and answer the questions below (1.5marks) How can Recycling Save Energy ? Recycling means to use something again. Newspapers can be used to make new newspapers. Aluminum cans can be used to make new aluminum cans. Glass jars can be used to make new glass jars. Recycling often saves energy and natural resources through conservation. It almost always takes less energy to make a product from recycled materials than it does to make it from new materials. Using recycled aluminum scrap to make new aluminum cans, 96

for example, uses 95 percent less energy than making aluminum cans from bauxite ore, the raw material used to make aluminum. Natural resources are riches provided courtesy of Mother Nature.natural resources include land, plants, minerals, and water. By using materials more than once, we conserve natural resources. In the case of paper, recycling saves trees and water. Making a ton of paper from recycled stock save up to 17 trees and uses 50 percent less water. Questions: 1. What does recycle mean ? 2. What does recycling save ? 3. Does it take less energy to make a product from recycled materials than from new materials ? 4. What do natural resources include ? 5. How do we conserve natural resources ? 6. How many trees does making a ton of paper from recycled stock save up ? IV. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it is as similar as possible in meaning to the original sentence (1.5marks) 1.I think it will rain tomorrow.We’ll have to stay indoors. *if it……………….. 2. he can’t go out with us because he is busy *if he weren’t 3. Why don’t we speak English in class more often? What about……? 4. tennis is not difficult to learn to play. It is a popular sport. * Tennis, which…………………. 5. lan is good at English. She lives next to my door. * Lan, who………. 6. people know water and electricity are in shortage but they still waste them much. *Although people………. V. Write a complaint letter about the bad service of L&P Company by using the words given (2.5marks) 1. I/ writing to you/ the dripping faucet. 2. You/ replace it/two days ago. Unfortunately, it/drip/now 3. I/ disappointed/ that/ your assistants/not support/me 4. When/I/phoned / place, they told /me you/out 5. They asked /me /I/ turn off/it/ tightly 6. Then,/told me/ do/it again 7. Finnaly, they/angry/advised me/look / onather plumber. 8. I/ would suggets/that/you/solve/this problem soon/it is under guarantee. 9. I look forward /hear/from you/seeing your resolution to my problem. 10. Please contact me/ the above address / by phone at 063557788 Start your letter like this ---------------------------------------------------------------------Kiểm tra ngày 6 tháng 5 năm 2019 97

……………………………………… ……………………………………….

WEEK:37 Period:68

Preparing date:6/5/19 Teaching date:13/5/19 REVISION THE SECOND TERM

B. watched

C. played

D. washed

2. A. proud

B. about

C. around

D. would

3. A. market

B. depart

C. card 98

D. scare

4. A. entrance

B. paddy

5. A. problem

B. love

C. bamboo

D. banyan

C. box

D. hobby

II - Choose the best answer from the four options given (marked A, B, C, or D) to complete each sentence. (0,2) 6. My house _________in 1986. A. is built

B. was building

C. was built

D. has been built

7. The doctor _________me not to stay up too late at night. A. advised

B. suggested

C. insisted

D. forced

8. Tomorrow we'll go to Noi Bai Airport to meet Maryam, _________comes from Malaysia. A. who

B. whom

C. whose

D. that

9. His house looks very large and beautiful. It is _________house. A. a seven-room

B. a seven-rooms C. seven room

D. seven rooms

10. If you get up early, you _________late. A. weren't

B. wouldn't be

C. aren't

D. won't be

11. It's very hot today. I wish I _________on the beach now. A. am

B. was

C. were

D. had been

12. When he lived in the city, he _________to the theater twice a week. A. uses to go

B. has gone

C. used to go

D. was going

13. My father asked us _________too much time playing computer games. A. not to spending

B. did not spend

C. not to spend

D. to not spent

14. Hoai can not remember the name of the restaurant _________she ate her favorite roasted duck. A. which

B. whose

C. whom

D. where

15. If I were a flower, I _________a sunflower. A. was

B. were

C. will be

D. would be

16. Nobody went to the party, _________? A. does he

B. do they

C. didnâ€™t they

D. did they

17. It is nearly 3 months _________he visited his parents. A. while

B. during

C. since

D. when

18. _________population is another unpleasant result we have to solve. A. Increased

B. Increasing

C. The increase

D. To increase

19. If we _________enough time, weâ€™ll study this exercise more carefully. 99

A. will have

B. have

C. had

D. would have

20. What would you do, if you _________a UFO? A. see

B. saw

C. would see

D. had seen

III - Identify the underlined word/ phrase (A or B, C, D) that needs correcting to become an exact one. (0,2) 21. The picture was painting by Michael last year. A

22. There’s the woman who she sold me the handbag. A

23. Mr. Smith is going to buy a new Japanese car, doesn’t he? A

24. I met a lot of interesting people while I was studying at Ho Chi Minh City. A

25. If I were you, I didn’t buy that expensive car. A

IV - Read the following passage, then choose the correct answer to questions 26 - 30. (0,2) I went to Australia on a student program last year and I like to (1)_______you about it. I was very (2)_______when I knew I was going to Australia because I had never been there before. I didn’t think about the problems of speaking English (3)_______I met my host family. At first I couldn’t communicate with them because my English was so bad. All the five years I had been learning English wasn’t much used at all (4)_______we didn’t have real practice at school. Even though my grammar was good, my pronunciation wasn’t. My problem is (5)_______ ‘l’ and ‘r’. For example, Australian people often asked “What do you eat in Vietnam?” I wanted to tell them that we eat rice, but they didn’t understand when I said “We eat lice”… 26. A. say

B. tell

C. talk

27. A. exciting

B. excites

C. excited

D. excite

28. A. after

B. until

C. when

D. while

29. A. although

B. even

C. because

D. so

30. A. pronouncing

B. speaking

C. reading

D. speak

D. telling

V. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one. (0,4) 0. They suggested banning advertisements on TV. -

They suggested that advertisements on TV should be banned.

31. People say that they bought this shop last year. 100

It is_____________________________________________________________________________.

They are_________________________________________________________________________.

32. "How much do you think it will cost?" he said to me. -

He asked me______________________________________________________________________.

33. Mr.Brown's team has lost the game. He looks very sad. -

Mr. Brown whose__________________________________________________________________.

34. Do you know the man who sat next to me at Nam’s birthday party last night? -

You know________________________________________________________________________.

35. It takes Minh 2 hours to do his homework every day. -

Minh spends_______________________________________________________________________.

36. We were late for school because of the heavy rain. -

Because it_________________________________________________________________________.

37. My mother used to make us clean the house. -

We used__________________________________________________________________________.

38. "I'm working in a restaurant, and don't care much for it."she said -

She said__________________________________________________________________________.

39. It’s two years since I last spoke to her. -

I haven’t__________________________________________________________________________.

40. Going swimming in the river in the summer is interesting. -

It________________________________________________________________________________.

Week:37 Period:70

Preparing date: 11/5/19 Teaching date:18/5/19 FEEDBACK ON THE SECOND EXAM

3. Attitude: - To give Ss the motivation to learn hard for their exam - Students know how to learn English in right way. 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,… - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,.. 4.2. Quality:Willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,… II./.PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: test 45’ 2.Students: notebooks III./.PROCEDURE: 1- Warm up - How are you today? - Are you ready for getting back the test papers? 2- Teacher's idea * Priority: - Ss do the part " choose the best answer " and writing well. - Ss try their best to get good marks. - Ss know how to do the test, present well, true request. - Ss understand vocabularies, language focus. *Defect: - Some Ss have many mistakes about using vocabularies. - Some Ss have many mistakes about writing sentences, using structure. - Some Ss have many mistakes about showing. - Some Ss copy other exams 3- Pay the test paper back to ss - Ss look at the tests and do the tests again by themselves. - Ss find their mistakes by themselves. - Ss share and compare with a partners. -T asks Ss to work in pairs +S1 corrects mistakes of S2's test + S2 corrects mistakes of S1's test - T calls - Ss answer one by one 4- T gives ss the answer key -T: Gives the aims of the exercise from the test. -Ss: Listen -T: Asks Ss to give the answers they did. -Ss: Give the answers they did or write on board -T: Gives the correct answers. -Ss: Listen and correct the mistakes -T: Explains some knowledge and the answers 102

Key: - Spend time with students to ask questions about their tests, their points. - T asks Ss write key in notebook and correct their mistakes by themselves. 5-Production: - Redo the test in the notebook - Prepare new lesson ----------------------@0@-------------------

103